TW201623461A - Colored curable composition, color filter, pattern formation method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device - Google Patents

Colored curable composition, color filter, pattern formation method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201623461A
TW201623461A TW104135511A TW104135511A TW201623461A TW 201623461 A TW201623461 A TW 201623461A TW 104135511 A TW104135511 A TW 104135511A TW 104135511 A TW104135511 A TW 104135511A TW 201623461 A TW201623461 A TW 201623461A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
compound
color filter
colored
pigment
Prior art date
Application number
TW104135511A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Yousuke Murakami
Yoshinori Taguchi
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW201623461A publication Critical patent/TW201623461A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/44Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/46Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation
    • C08F2/48Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light
    • C08F2/50Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light with sensitising agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D17/00Pigment pastes, e.g. for mixing in paints
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Pigments, Carbon Blacks, Or Wood Stains (AREA)

Abstract

A colored curable composition containing a resin, a curable compound, a solvent, and a colorant that includes a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having an average of 14-16 halogen atoms and an average of 12 or fewer bromine atoms per phthalocyanine molecule.

Description

著色硬化性組成物、彩色濾光片、圖案形成方法、彩色濾光片的製造方法、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置Coloring curable composition, color filter, pattern forming method, method of manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device

本發明是有關於著色硬化性組成物、彩色濾光片、圖案形成方法、彩色濾光片的製造方法、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置。The present invention relates to a coloring curable composition, a color filter, a pattern forming method, a method of producing a color filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device.

近年來,由於數位相機、帶相機行動電話等的普及,電荷耦合器件(CCD)圖像感測器等固體攝像元件的需求大幅增加。作為該種顯示器、光學元件的主要裝置而使用彩色濾光片,進一步高感度化、小型化的要求提高。該種彩色濾光片通常具備紅(R)、綠(G)及藍(B)這3原色的著色圖案,發揮著將透射光分解為3原色之功能。In recent years, demand for solid-state imaging elements such as charge coupled device (CCD) image sensors has increased significantly due to the spread of digital cameras, camera-equipped mobile phones, and the like. As a main device of such a display or an optical element, a color filter is used, and the demand for further high sensitivity and miniaturization is improved. Such a color filter usually has red (R), green (G), and blue (B). The color patterns of the three primary colors function to decompose the transmitted light into three primary colors.

作為用於形成彩色濾光片中的綠色的著色圖案(綠色畫素部)之著色劑,提出了中心金屬使用鋅之鹵化酞菁顏料的使用(日本專利文獻1、2)。As a coloring agent for forming a green coloring pattern (green pixel portion) in a color filter, the use of a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment for a center metal has been proposed (Japanese Patent Literatures 1, 2).

【先前技術文獻】[Previous Technical Literature]

【專利文獻】[Patent Literature]

【專利文獻1】日本特開2003-161827號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2003-161827

【專利文獻2】日本特開2010-244028號公報[Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-244028

專利文獻1的實施例3、7中如下記載:使用含有在酞菁1分子中鍵結1個氯原子、14個溴原子以及1個氫原子而成之鹵化鋅酞菁顏料之組成物,形成彩色濾光片中的綠色的著色圖案。In Examples 3 and 7 of Patent Document 1, a composition containing a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment in which one chlorine atom, 14 bromine atoms, and one hydrogen atom are bonded to one molecule of phthalocyanine is used is formed. A green colored pattern in a color filter.

但是,本發明人等使用專利文獻1中公開之鹵化鋅酞菁顏料形成綠色的著色圖案,與該綠色的著色圖案相鄰地形成其他顏色的著色圖案之後了解到,在高温加熱時,有時在綠色的著色圖案上產生基於與相鄰之其他顏色的著色圖案的混色之針狀結晶。又,若提高顏料濃度,則容易在更低的溫度下產生針狀結晶。However, the inventors of the present invention have formed a green coloring pattern using the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment disclosed in Patent Document 1, and formed a coloring pattern of another color adjacent to the green coloring pattern, and it is understood that when heating at a high temperature, sometimes A needle-like crystal based on a color mixture of a color pattern of another adjacent color is produced on the green coloring pattern. Further, when the pigment concentration is increased, needle crystals are easily generated at a lower temperature.

又,專利文獻2中,將C.I.顏料綠58用作鹵化鋅酞菁顏料,但是即便在使用C.I.顏料綠58的情況下,亦容易產生上述針狀結晶。Further, in Patent Document 2, C.I. Pigment Green 58 is used as the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment. However, even when C.I. Pigment Green 58 is used, the needle crystals are likely to be generated.

專利文獻2中,為了解決上述問題,使該組成物含有環氧化合物,但近幾年要求進一步抑制針狀結晶的析出。In order to solve the above problems, Patent Document 2 contains an epoxy compound, but in recent years, it has been required to further suppress precipitation of needle crystals.

藉此,本發明的目的在於提供一種在製造彩色濾光片等硬化膜時抑制產生針狀結晶之著色硬化性組成物。又,目的在於提供利用前述著色硬化性組成物之彩色濾光片、圖案形成方法、彩色濾光片的製造方法、固體攝像元件以及圖像顯示裝置。Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to provide a color hardening composition which suppresses generation of needle crystals when a cured film such as a color filter is produced. Further, an object of the invention is to provide a color filter, a pattern forming method, a method of producing a color filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device using the coloring curable composition.

本發明人等經過詳細的研究之結果,發現藉由使用酞菁1分子中的鹵素原子的平均個數為14~16個,又,溴素原子的平均個數為12個以下之鹵化鋅酞菁顏料,能夠實現上述目的,從而完成了本發明。本發明提供以下內容。As a result of detailed studies, the present inventors have found that the average number of halogen atoms in the molecule of phthalocyanine is 14 to 16, and the average number of bromine atoms is 12 or less. The cyanine pigment can achieve the above object, thereby completing the present invention. The present invention provides the following.

<1>一種著色硬化性組成物,其含有包含鹵化鋅酞菁顏料之著色劑、樹脂、硬化性化合物以及溶劑, 鹵化鋅酞菁顏料中的酞菁1分子中的鹵素原子的平均個數為14~16個,且溴原子的平均個數為12個以下。<1> A colored curable composition comprising a coloring agent containing a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment, a resin, a curable compound, and a solvent, wherein the average number of halogen atoms in the phthalocyanine 1 molecule in the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment is 14 to 16 and the average number of bromine atoms is 12 or less.

<2>如<1>所述之著色硬化性組成物,其中鹵化鋅酞菁顏料中的酞菁1分子中的溴原子的平均個數為1~8個。<2> The colored curable composition according to <1>, wherein the average number of bromine atoms in the phthalocyanine 1 molecule in the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment is from 1 to 8.

<3>如<1>所述之著色硬化性組成物,其中鹵化鋅酞菁顏料中的酞菁1分子中的溴原子的平均個數為1~7個。<3> The colored curable composition according to <1>, wherein the average number of bromine atoms in the phthalocyanine 1 molecule in the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment is from 1 to 7.

<4>如<1>~<3>中任一項所述之著色硬化性組成物,其中樹脂包含酸性樹脂。The colored hardening composition according to any one of <1> to <3> wherein the resin contains an acidic resin.

<5>如<1>~<4>中任一項所述之著色硬化性組成物,其中進一步包含顏料衍生物。The colored hardening composition according to any one of <1> to <4> which further contains a pigment derivative.

<6>如<1>~<5>中任一項所述之著色硬化性組成物,其中顏料衍生物為由下述通式(P)表示之化合物; 【化學式1】通式(P)中,A表示選自下述通式(PA-1)~(PA-3)之結構, B表示單鍵或(t+1)價的連接基團, C表示單鍵、-NH-、-CONH-、-CO2 -、-SO2 NH-、-O-、-S-或-SO2 -, D表示單鍵、伸烷基或伸芳基, E表示、-SO3 H或者其鹽、-CO2 H或者其鹽或-N(Rpa)(Rpb), Rpa以及Rpb分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基,Rpa以及Rpb亦可相互連接而形成環, t表示1~5的整數; 【化學式2】Rp1 表示碳原子數1~5的烷基或芳基, Rp2 表示鹵素原子、烷基或羥基, Rp3 表示單鍵、-NH-、-CONH-、-CO2 -、-SO2 NH-、-O-、-S-或-SO2 -, s表示0~4的整數,s為2以上時,多個Rp2 可以相同,亦可不同, *表示與B的連接部。The colored hardening composition according to any one of <1> to <5> wherein the pigment derivative is a compound represented by the following formula (P); [Chemical Formula 1] In the formula (P), A represents a structure selected from the following formulae (PA-1) to (PA-3), B represents a single bond or a (t+1)-valent linking group, and C represents a single bond, -NH-, -CONH-, -CO 2 -, -SO 2 NH-, -O-, -S- or -SO 2 -, D represents a single bond, an alkyl group or an extended aryl group, E represents, -SO 3 H or a salt thereof, -CO 2 H or a salt thereof or -N(Rpa)(Rpb), Rpa and Rpb each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group, and Rpa and Rpb may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and t represents 1 An integer of ~5; [Chemical Formula 2] Rp 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Rp 2 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group or a hydroxyl group, and Rp 3 represents a single bond, -NH-, -CONH-, -CO 2 -, -SO 2 NH -, -O-, -S- or -SO 2 -, s represents an integer of 0 to 4, and when s is 2 or more, a plurality of Rp 2 may be the same or different, and * represents a connection portion with B.

<7>如<1>~<6>中任一項所述之著色硬化性組成物,其更包含光聚合起始劑,其中硬化性化合物係至少包含3~15官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物者。The colored hardening composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, further comprising a photopolymerization initiator, wherein the curable compound contains at least 3 to 15 functional (meth)acrylic acid Ester compound.

<8>一種彩色濾光片,其使用<1>~<7>中任一項所述之著色硬化性組成物而成。<8> A color filter comprising the color hardening composition according to any one of <1> to <7>.

<9>一種圖案形成方法,其包括:使用<1>~<7>中任一項所述之著色硬化性組成物,在支撐體上形成著色硬化性組成物層之製程;將著色硬化性組成物層曝光成圖案狀之製程;以及對未曝光部進行顯影去除而形成著色圖案之製程。<9> A pattern forming method, comprising: forming a colored curable composition layer on a support by using the colored curable composition according to any one of <1> to <7>; a process in which the composition layer is exposed to a pattern; and a process of developing the colored portion by developing and removing the unexposed portion.

<10>一種圖案形成方法,其包括:使用<1>~<7>中任一項所述之著色硬化性組成物,在支撐體上形成著色硬化性組成物層,並進行硬化而形成著色層之製程;在著色層上形成光阻層之製程;藉由進行曝光以及顯影,將光阻層圖案化而獲得抗蝕圖案之製程;以及將抗蝕圖案作為蝕刻遮罩,對著色層進行乾式蝕刻而形成著色圖案之製程。<10> A pattern forming method, comprising: using the color hardening composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, forming a colored curable composition layer on a support, and hardening to form a color a process of forming a photoresist layer on a colored layer; a process of patterning the photoresist layer by exposure and development to obtain a resist pattern; and using the resist pattern as an etch mask to perform the coloring layer The process of forming a colored pattern by dry etching.

<11>一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,其包括<9>或<10>所述之圖案形成方法。<11> A method of producing a color filter, comprising the pattern forming method according to <9> or <10>.

<12>一種固體攝像元件,其具有<8>所述之彩色濾光片或藉由<11>所述之彩色濾光片的製造方法獲得之彩色濾光片。<12> A solid-state imaging device having the color filter of <8> or a color filter obtained by the method for producing a color filter according to <11>.

<13>一種圖像顯示裝置,其具有<8>所述之彩色濾光片或藉由<11>所述之彩色濾光片的製造方法獲得之彩色濾光片。<13> An image display device comprising the color filter of <8> or a color filter obtained by the method for producing a color filter according to <11>.

依本發明,能夠提供在製造彩色濾光片等硬化膜時抑制產生針狀結晶之著色硬化性組成物。又,能夠提供利用前述著色硬化性組成物之彩色濾光片、圖案形成方法、彩色濾光片的製造方法、固體攝像元件以及圖像顯示裝置。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a color hardening composition which suppresses generation of needle crystals when a cured film such as a color filter is produced. Further, it is possible to provide a color filter, a pattern forming method, a method of producing a color filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device using the coloring curable composition.

以下,對本發明的內容進行詳細的說明。Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail.

本說明書中之基團(原子團)的標記中,未標註取代及無取代之標記係包含不具有取代基者和具有取代基者。例如“烷基”係不僅包含不具有取代基之烷基(無取代烷基),而且亦包含具有取代基之烷基(取代烷基)者。In the label of the group (atomic group) in the present specification, the label which is not labeled and unsubstituted includes those having no substituent and having a substituent. For example, "alkyl" means not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).

在本說明書中,光是指活性光線或放射線。又,“活性光線”或“放射線”是指例如水銀燈的明線光譜、準分子雷射所代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等。In the present specification, light means active light or radiation. Further, "active light" or "radiation" means, for example, a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, a far ultraviolet ray represented by an excimer laser, an extreme ultraviolet ray (EUV light), an X-ray, an electron beam, or the like.

在本說明書中的“曝光”,只要沒有特別的說明,則不僅指水銀燈、準分子雷射所代表之遠紫外線、X射線、EUV光等之曝光,基於電子束、離子束等粒子束之描畫亦包含於曝光中。The "exposure" in the present specification refers to not only the exposure of the ultraviolet light, the X-ray, the EUV light, etc. represented by the mercury lamp or the excimer laser, but also the drawing of the particle beam based on the electron beam or the ion beam, unless otherwise specified. Also included in the exposure.

在本說明書中,用“~”表示之數值範圍是指將“~”的前後所記載之數值作為下限值及上限值而包括在內之範圍。In the present specification, the numerical range represented by "~" means a range including the numerical values described before and after "~" as the lower limit and the upper limit.

在本說明書中,總固體成分是指從著色硬化性組成物的總體組成去除溶劑之後的成分的總質量。In the present specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of the components after the solvent is removed from the overall composition of the colored curable composition.

在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示丙烯酸酯及丙烯酸甲酯兩者或任一者,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸兩者或任一者,“(甲基)烯丙基”表示烯丙基及甲基烯丙基兩者或任一者,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基兩者或任一者。In the present specification, "(meth) acrylate" means either or both of acrylate and methyl acrylate, and "(meth)acrylic acid" means either or both of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, "(A) The "allyl" group means either or both of an allyl group and a methallyl group, and "(meth)acryloyl group" means either or both of an acryloyl group and a methacryl group.

在本說明書中,聚合性化合物是指具有聚合性官能基之化合物,可以為單體,亦可為聚合物。聚合性官能基是指參與聚合反應之基團。In the present specification, the polymerizable compound means a compound having a polymerizable functional group, and may be a monomer or a polymer. The polymerizable functional group refers to a group that participates in the polymerization reaction.

在本說明書中,“製程”這一術語不僅包括獨立製程,而且即使在無法與其他製程明確地區別之情況下,只要能夠發揮其製程的所期待的作用,則亦包括於該術語中。In this specification, the term "process" includes not only independent processes, but also the term as long as it is capable of exerting the desired effect of the process, even if it is not clearly distinguishable from other processes.

在本說明書中,重量平均分子量及數量平均分子量被定義為基於GPC測定之聚苯乙烯換算值。本說明書中,關於重量平均分子量(Mw)以及數量平均分子量(Mn),例如能夠藉由使用HLC-8220(Tosoh Corporation製造),將TSKgel Super AWM-H(Tosoh Corporation製造)6.0mmID×15.0cm用作色譜柱,將10mmol/L的溴化鋰NMP(N-甲基吡咯烷酮)溶液用作洗脫劑而求出。In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are defined as polystyrene-converted values based on GPC measurement. In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) can be, for example, TKKgel Super AWM-H (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) 6.0 mm ID × 15.0 cm by using HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation). As a column, a 10 mmol/L lithium bromide NMP (N-methylpyrrolidone) solution was used as an eluent.

本發明中所使用之顏料是指不易溶解於溶劑之不溶性色素化合物。典型的是指以作為顆粒分散於組成物中之狀態存在之色素化合物。在此,溶劑可以舉出任意的溶劑,例如可以舉出後述之溶劑一欄中例示之溶劑。在本發明中使用之顏料例如相對於25℃的丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯100g之溶解量、及相對於25℃的水100g之溶解量均為0.1g以下為較佳。The pigment used in the present invention means an insoluble pigment compound which is not easily dissolved in a solvent. Typically, it means a pigment compound which exists in a state in which particles are dispersed in a composition. Here, the solvent may be any solvent, and examples thereof include a solvent exemplified in the solvent column described later. The pigment used in the present invention is preferably, for example, a dissolved amount of 100 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at 25 ° C and a dissolved amount of 100 g with respect to water at 25 ° C of 0.1 g or less.

<著色硬化性組成物><Coloring hardenable composition>

本發明的著色硬化性組成物含有包含鹵化鋅酞菁顏料之著色劑、樹脂、硬化性化合物以及溶劑,鹵化鋅酞菁顏料中的酞菁1分子中的鹵素原子的平均個數為14~16個,又,溴原子的平均個數為12個以下。The colored curable composition of the present invention contains a coloring agent containing a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment, a resin, a curable compound, and a solvent, and the average number of halogen atoms in the phthalocyanine 1 molecule in the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment is 14 to 16 Moreover, the average number of bromine atoms is 12 or less.

若使用包含鹵化鋅酞菁顏料之著色硬化性組成物形成著色圖案,則以往在高温加熱時,有時產生基於與相鄰之著色圖案的混色之針狀結晶,但依本發明,能夠藉由使用酞菁1分子中的鹵素原子的平均個數為14~16個,又,溴原子的平均個數為12個以下之鹵化鋅酞菁顏料,抑制產生針狀結晶。此外,還能夠製造亮度不均較小、分光特性優異之彩色濾光片等硬化膜。When a colored pattern is formed using a colored curable composition containing a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment, conventionally, needle-like crystals based on color mixing with adjacent colored patterns may be generated during high-temperature heating, but according to the present invention, The use of a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having an average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of the phthalocyanine group of 14 to 16 and an average number of bromine atoms of 12 or less suppresses generation of needle crystals. Further, it is also possible to produce a cured film such as a color filter having small luminance unevenness and excellent spectral characteristics.

以下,對本發明進行詳細的說明。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.

<<<著色劑>><<<Coloring agent>>

<<<鹵化鋅酞菁顏料>>><<<Hallium halide phthalocyanine pigment>>>

本發明的著色硬化性組成物使用包含酞菁1分子中的鹵素原子的平均個數為14~16個,又,溴原子的平均個數為12個以下之鹵化鋅酞菁顏料(亦稱為鹵化鋅酞菁顏料A)者作為著色劑。The coloring-curable composition of the present invention uses a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment having an average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine of 14 to 16 and an average number of bromine atoms of 12 or less (also referred to as The zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment A) is used as a coloring agent.

鹵化鋅酞菁顏料係作為中心金屬具有鋅之鹵化酞菁顏料,如由下述通式(A1)表示,呈作為中心金屬的鋅位於由異吲哚環的4個氮包圍之區域內之平面結構。The zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment has a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment as a center metal, and is represented by the following general formula (A1), and the zinc as a central metal is located in a plane surrounded by four nitrogens of an isoindole ring. structure.

【化學式3】 [Chemical Formula 3]

通式(A1)中,X1 ~X16 分別獨立地表示鹵素原子,氫原子或取代基。In the formula (A1), X 1 to X 16 each independently represent a halogen atom, a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

作為鹵素原子,可以舉出氯原子、溴原子、氟原子、碘原子。Examples of the halogen atom include a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, a fluorine atom, and an iodine atom.

作為取代基,能夠參閱日本特開2013-209623號公報的段落號0025~0027的記載,該些內容編入本說明書中。As a substituent, the description of paragraphs 0025 to 0027 of JP-A-2013-209623 can be referred to, and the contents are incorporated in the present specification.

鹵化鋅酞菁顏料A的酞菁1分子中的鹵素原子的平均個數為14~16個,15~16個為較佳。The average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of the phthalocyanine pigment of the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment A is from 14 to 16, and from 15 to 16 is preferred.

鹵化鋅酞菁顏料A的酞菁1分子中的溴原子的平均個數為0~12個,1~8個為較佳,1~7個更為佳,2~7個為進一步較佳。The average number of bromine atoms in one molecule of the phthalocyanine pigment of the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment A is from 0 to 12, preferably from 1 to 8, more preferably from 1 to 7, and further preferably from 2 to 7.

若鹵素原子的平均個數以及溴原子的平均個數為上述範囲,則能夠抑制產生針狀結晶。此外,還能夠製造亮度不均較小之硬化膜(彩色濾光片)、分光特性優異之硬化膜(彩色濾光片)等。When the average number of halogen atoms and the average number of bromine atoms are as described above, generation of needle crystals can be suppressed. Further, it is also possible to produce a cured film (color filter) having a small unevenness in brightness, a cured film (color filter) excellent in spectral characteristics, and the like.

鹵化鋅酞菁顏料A中,除了溴原子以外的鹵素原子可以舉出氯原子、氟原子、碘原子,從抑制產生針狀結晶之觀點或亮度不均等的觀點來看,氯原子、氟原子為較佳,氯原子更為佳。In the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment A, a halogen atom other than a bromine atom may be a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. From the viewpoint of suppressing generation of needle crystals or uneven brightness, the chlorine atom and the fluorine atom are Preferably, the chlorine atom is more preferred.

另外,關於鹵化鋅酞菁顏料A中的酞菁1分子中的鹵素原子的平均個數以及溴原子的平均個數,能夠依據質量分析和藉由燒瓶燃燒離子層析儀進行之鹵素含量分析計算。In addition, the average number of halogen atoms in the phthalocyanine 1 molecule and the average number of bromine atoms in the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment A can be calculated based on mass analysis and halogen content analysis by a flask combustion ion chromatograph. .

在本發明的著色硬化性組成物中,上述鹵化鋅酞菁顏料A相對於著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分之含量為10~80質量%為較佳。下限為20質量%以上更為佳,30質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為70質量%以下更為佳,60質量%以下為進一步較佳。In the colored curable composition of the present invention, the content of the above-mentioned zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment A with respect to the total solid content of the colored curable composition is preferably from 10 to 80% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, and more preferably 30% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 70% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less.

又,上述鹵化鋅酞菁顏料A在著色劑總量中之含量為30~100質量%為較佳。下限為40質量%以上更為佳,50質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為90質量%以下更為佳,80質量%以下為進一步較佳。Further, the content of the above-mentioned zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment A in the total amount of the colorant is preferably from 30 to 100% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 40% by mass or more, and more preferably 50% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 90% by mass or less, and more preferably 80% by mass or less.

鹵化鋅酞菁顏料A可以係1種。又,上述通式(A1)的X1 ~X16 亦可以係含有2種以上不同之組合的化合物(在本發明中規定之滿足鹵素原子的平均個數以及溴原子的平均個數且X1 ~X16 不同之組合的化合物)者。在含有2種以上之情況下,總量成為上述範圍。The zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment A may be one type. Further, X 1 to X 16 of the above formula (A1) may be a compound containing two or more different combinations (in the present invention, the average number of halogen atoms and the average number of bromine atoms and X 1 are specified in the present invention. ~X 16 different combinations of compounds). When two or more types are contained, the total amount becomes the above range.

<<<其他著色劑>><<<Other colorants>>

本發明的著色硬化性組成物亦可以含有除鹵化鋅酞菁顏料以外的其他著色劑,含有其他著色劑者為較佳。作為其他著色劑,黃色著色劑為較佳。其他著色劑可以係染料及顏料中的任一者,亦可以併用兩者。The colored curable composition of the present invention may contain a coloring agent other than the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment, and it is preferred to contain other coloring agents. As other colorants, a yellow colorant is preferred. Other colorants may be any of a dye and a pigment, or both may be used in combination.

其他著色劑可以為1種,亦可以為2種以上。The other coloring agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為顏料,可以舉出以往公知的各種無機顏料或有機顏料。又,無論是無機顏料,還是有機顏料,在考慮係高透射率者為較佳時,盡可能使用平均粒徑較小的顏料為較佳,亦考慮處理性時,上述顏料的平均粒徑為0.01~0.1μm為較佳,0.01~0.05μm更為佳。Examples of the pigment include various conventional inorganic pigments or organic pigments. Further, in the case of an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment, in consideration of a high transmittance, it is preferred to use a pigment having a small average particle diameter as much as possible, and in consideration of handleability, the average particle diameter of the pigment is It is preferably 0.01 to 0.1 μm, more preferably 0.01 to 0.05 μm.

作為無機顏料,可以舉出由金屬氧化物、金屬錯鹽等表示之金屬化合物,具體而言,可以舉出碳黑、鈦黑等黑色顏料、鐵、鈷、鋁、鎘、鉛、銅、鈦、鎂、鉻、鋅、銻等金屬氧化物及上述金屬的複合氧化物。Examples of the inorganic pigment include a metal compound represented by a metal oxide, a metal salt or the like, and specific examples thereof include black pigments such as carbon black and titanium black, iron, cobalt, aluminum, cadmium, lead, copper, and titanium. a metal oxide such as magnesium, chromium, zinc or bismuth and a composite oxide of the above metals.

本發明中作為能夠優選使用之有機顏料,可以舉出以下者。但是本發明係不限定於該等者。In the present invention, the following organic pigments can be preferably used. However, the present invention is not limited to these.

C.I.顏料黃1、2、3、4、5、6、10、11、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、20、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、42、43、53、55、60、61、62、63、65、73、74、77、81、83、86、93、94、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、115、116、117、118、119、120、123、125、126、127、128、129、137、138、139、147、148、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、161、162、164、166、167、168、169、170、171、172、173、174、175、176、177、179、180、181、182、185、187、188、193、194、199、213、214等,CI Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35:1, 36 , 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97 , 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139 , 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179 , 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, etc.

C.I.顏料橙2、5、13、16、17:1、31、34、36、38、43、46、48、49、51、52、55、59、60、61、62、64、71、73等,CI Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73 Wait,

C.I.顏料紅1、2、3、4、5、6、7、9、10、14、17、22、23、31、38、41、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49、49:1、49:2、52:1、52:2、53:1、57:1、60:1、63:1、66、67、81:1、81:2、81:3、83、88、90、105、112、119、122、123、144、146、149、150、155、166、168、169、170、171、172、175、176、177、178、179、184、185、187、188、190、200、202、206、207、208、209、210、216、220、224、226、242、246、254、255、264、270、272、279CI Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4 , 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81:3 , 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184 , 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 270, 272, 279

C.I.顏料綠7、10、36、37、58C.I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58

C.I.顏料紫1、19、23、27、32、37、42C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42

C.I.顏料藍1、2、15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、22、60、64、66、79、80C.I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80

C.I.顏料黑1C.I. Pigment Black 1

該些有機顏料能夠單獨使用,或者為了提高色彩純度而能夠組合各種顏料而使用。These organic pigments can be used singly or in combination with various pigments in order to improve color purity.

其中,C.I.顏料黃129、138、150、185為較佳,C.I.顏料黃150、185更為佳。Among them, C.I. Pigment Yellow 129, 138, 150, 185 is preferred, and C.I. Pigment Yellow 150, 185 is more preferred.

作為染料能夠使用例如揭示於日本特開昭64-90403號公報、日本特開昭64-91102號公報、日本特開平1-94301號公報、日本特開平6-11614號公報、日本特登2592207號、美國專利4808501號說明書、美國專利5667920號說明書、美國專利505950號說明書、美國專利5667920號說明書、日本特開平5-333207號公報、日本特開平6-35183號公報、日本特開平6-51115號公報、日本特開平6-194828號公報等中之色素。若作為化學結構而區分,能夠使用吡唑偶氮化合物、吡咯亞甲基化合物、苯胺基偶氮化合物、三苯基甲烷化合物、蒽醌化合物、亞芐基化合物、氧雜菁化合物、吡唑並三唑偶氮化合物、吡啶酮偶氮化合物、花青化合物、啡噻嗪化合物、吡咯並吡唑偶氮次甲基(pyrrolo pyrazole azomethine)化合物等。又,作為染料亦可以使用色素多聚物。作為色素多聚物,可以舉出在日本特開2011-213925號公報、日本特開2013-041097號公報中記載之化合物。For example, JP-A-64-90403, JP-A-64-91102, JP-A-1-94301, JP-A-6-11614, and JP-A No. 2592207 can be used. , U.S. Patent No. 4,808, 051, U.S. Patent No. 5, 568, 920, U.S. Patent No. 5, 560, 950, U.S. Patent No. 5, 595, 950, U.S. Patent No. 5,567, 920, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei No. 5-333207, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6-35183, No. 6-51115 A pigment in the publication of Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 6-194928. If it is distinguished as a chemical structure, a pyrazole azo compound, a pyrrolemethylene compound, an anilino azo compound, a triphenylmethane compound, an anthraquinone compound, a benzylidene compound, an oxophthalocyanine compound, or a pyrazole can be used. A triazole azo compound, a pyridone azo compound, a cyanine compound, a phenothiazine compound, a pyrrolopyrazole azomethine compound, or the like. Further, a dye polymer can also be used as the dye. The compound described in JP-A-2011-213925, and JP-A-2013-041097 can be mentioned as a pigment.

在本發明的著色硬化性組成物中含有其他著色劑之情況下,其他著色劑相對於100質量份的鹵化鋅酞菁顏料A之含量為10~150質量份為較佳,10~120質量份更為佳,20~60質量份為進一步較佳。When the coloring-curable composition of the present invention contains another coloring agent, the content of the other coloring agent is preferably 10 to 150 parts by mass, and 10 to 120 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment A. More preferably, 20 to 60 parts by mass is further preferred.

又,在含有C.I.顏料黃150和/或C.I.顏料黃185作為其他著色劑的情況下,相對於100質量份的鹵化鋅酞菁顏料A之含量為10~150質量份為較佳,10~120質量份更為佳,20~60質量份為進一步較佳。若為上述範圍,則可以得到色彩再現性較佳之分光特性。Further, when CI Pigment Yellow 150 and/or CI Pigment Yellow 185 are contained as other colorants, the content of the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment A is preferably 10 to 150 parts by mass, preferably 10 to 120 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass. The mass portion is more preferably 20 to 60 parts by mass. If it is the above range, the spectral characteristics which are preferable in color reproducibility can be obtained.

本發明的著色硬化性組成物中,著色劑相對於著色硬化性組成物中的總固體成分之含量為10~90質量%為較佳。下限為20質量%以上更為佳,30質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為80質量%以下更為佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳。In the colored curable composition of the present invention, the content of the colorant with respect to the total solid content in the colored curable composition is preferably from 10 to 90% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, and more preferably 30% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, and more preferably 70% by mass or less.

又,在將著色硬化性組成物用於光刻的情況下,著色劑相對於著色硬化性組成物中的總固體成分之含量為10~60質量%為較佳。下限為20質量%以上更為佳,30質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為55質量%以下更為佳。若著色劑的含量為上述範囲,則能夠提高除了著色劑以外的成分的含量,能夠進一步提高顯影性。Moreover, when the coloring curable composition is used for photolithography, the content of the colorant with respect to the total solid content in the colored curable composition is preferably from 10 to 60% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, and more preferably 30% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 55% by mass or less. When the content of the colorant is the above-described range, the content of components other than the colorant can be increased, and the developability can be further improved.

又,在將著色硬化性組成物用於乾式蝕刻的情況下,著色劑相對於著色硬化性組成物中的總固體成分之含量為40~90質量%為較佳。下限為45質量%以上更為佳,50質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為80質量%以下更為佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳。若著色劑的含量為上述範囲,則容易獲得膜厚均勻且矩形度優異之著色圖案。Moreover, when the coloring curable composition is used for dry etching, the content of the colorant with respect to the total solid content in the colored curable composition is preferably from 40 to 90% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 45% by mass or more, and more preferably 50% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, and more preferably 70% by mass or less. When the content of the colorant is the above-described range, it is easy to obtain a colored pattern having a uniform film thickness and excellent squareness.

<<硬化性化合物>><<Cure compound>>

本發明的著色硬化性組成物含有硬化性化合物。作為硬化性化合物,可以使用能夠藉由自由基、酸以及熱而交聯之公知的化合物。例如可以舉出含具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、環狀醚(環氧、氧雜環丁烷)基、羥甲基等之化合物。作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可以舉出乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。The colored curable composition of the present invention contains a curable compound. As the curable compound, a known compound which can be crosslinked by a radical, an acid, and heat can be used. For example, a compound containing a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether (epoxy group, oxetane) group, or a methylol group can be given. Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acryl fluorenyl group.

在本發明中,硬化性化合物為聚合性化合物以及具有環氧基之化合物為較佳。In the present invention, the curable compound is preferably a polymerizable compound and a compound having an epoxy group.

<<聚合性化合物>><<Polymerized compound>>

在本發明中,聚合性化合物例如可以是單體、預聚物,亦即可以是二聚物、三聚物及寡聚物,或該等之混合物,以及該等之多聚物等化學形態中的任一者。In the present invention, the polymerizable compound may be, for example, a monomer, a prepolymer, that is, a dimer, a trimer, and an oligomer, or a mixture thereof, and a chemical form such as the polymer. Any of them.

聚合性化合物為3~15官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳,3~6官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物更為佳。The polymerizable compound is preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth) acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3- to 6-functional (meth) acrylate compound.

作為單體、預聚物的例子,可以舉出不飽和羧酸(例如丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、馬來酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類以及該等之多聚物,較佳為不飽和羧酸和脂肪族多元醇化合物之酯、不飽和羧酸和脂肪族多元胺化合物之醯胺類、以及該等之多聚物。又,亦可適當地使用具有羥基、胺基、巰基等親核性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或者多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類之加成反應物,及與單官能或者多官能的羧酸之脱水縮合反應物等。又,亦可適當地使用具有異氰酸酯基、環氧基等親電子性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或者多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類之反應物,及具有鹵素基、甲苯磺醯氧基等脱離性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或者多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類之反應物。又,亦可使用將上述不飽和羧酸取代為不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯等乙烯基苯衍生物、乙烯基醚、烯丙基醚等之化合物群。Examples of the monomer and the prepolymer include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) or esters thereof, guanamines, and the like. Such polymers are preferably esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and aliphatic polyol compounds, amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and aliphatic polyamine compounds, and such polymers. Further, an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or a guanamine having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxyl group, an amine group or a fluorenyl group, and a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or epoxy group may be suitably used, and A dehydration condensation reaction of a monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acid or the like. Further, a reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group or a guanamine and a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol may be suitably used. And a reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or a guanamine having a destructive substituent such as a halogen group or a tosyloxy group, and a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol. Further, a compound group in which the above unsaturated carboxylic acid is substituted with an unsaturated phosphonic acid, a vinylbenzene derivative such as styrene, a vinyl ether or an allyl ether can also be used.

作為該些具體的化合物,亦可將在日本特開2009-288705號公報的段落號0095~0108中記載之化合物適當地使用於本發明中。As the specific compound, the compound described in paragraphs 0095 to 0108 of JP-A-2009-288705 can be suitably used in the present invention.

在本發明中,作為聚合性化合物,含有1個以上具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、且在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦為較佳。作為其例子,例如可以參閱在日本特開2013-29760號公報的段落號0227、日本特開2008-292970號公報的段落號0254~0257中記載的化合物,並將該內容編入本說明書中。In the present invention, a compound having one or more groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond and having a boiling point of 100 ° C or higher at normal pressure is also preferable as the polymerizable compound. For example, the compound described in Paragraph No. 0227 of JP-A-2013-29760, and paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP-A-2008-292970 can be referred to in the present specification.

聚合性化合物較佳為二季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD D-330;NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,LTD.製造)、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD D-320;NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,LTD.製造)、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD D-310;NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,LTD.製造)、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD DPHA;NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,LTD.製造、A-DPH-12E;SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造)、及該等之(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇、丙二醇残基之結構(例如由SARTOMER Company,Inc.市售之SR454、SR499)。亦可以使用該等的寡聚物類型。又,亦可使用NK酯A-TMMT(季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯,SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造)、KAYARAD RP-1040(NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,LTD.製造)等。The polymerizable compound is preferably dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD.) or dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-320; NIPPON KAYAKU CO.). , manufactured by LTD.), dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD.), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD) DPHA; manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD., manufactured by A-DPH-12E; manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO., LTD., and structures of (meth)acryloyl sulfhydryl groups via ethylene glycol and propylene glycol residues (e.g., SR454, SR499, marketed by SARTOMER Company, Inc.). These types of oligomers can also be used. Further, NK ester A-TMMT (pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO., LTD.), KAYARAD RP-1040 (manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD.), or the like can be used.

以下表示較佳的聚合性化合物的態樣。The aspect of the preferred polymerizable compound is shown below.

聚合性化合物可以具有羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基等酸基。作為具有酸基之聚合性化合物,脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯為較佳,使非芳香族羧酸酐與脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基反應而具有酸基之聚合性化合物更為佳,該酯中脂肪族多羥基化合物為季戊四醇及/或二季戊四醇者尤為佳。作為市售品,例如可以舉出TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造的ARONIX TO-2349、M-305、M-510、M-520等。The polymerizable compound may have an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phosphoric acid group. As the polymerizable compound having an acid group, an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid is preferred, and a non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride is reacted with an unreacted hydroxyl group of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound to have an acid group polymerizability. More preferably, the compound is particularly preferred in the case where the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and/or dipentaerythritol. As a commercial item, ARONIX TO-2349, M-305, M-510, M-520, etc. by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. are mentioned, for example.

作為具有酸基之聚合性化合物的酸值,0.1~40mgKOH/g為較佳,5~30mgKOH/g尤為佳。若聚合性化合物的酸值為0.1mgKOH/g以上,則顯影溶解特性良好,若為40mgKOH/g以下,則在製造和處理上有利。進而,光聚合性能良好且硬化性優異。The acid value of the polymerizable compound having an acid group is preferably from 0.1 to 40 mgKOH/g, particularly preferably from 5 to 30 mgKOH/g. When the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mgKOH/g or more, the development and dissolution characteristics are good, and when it is 40 mgKOH/g or less, it is advantageous in terms of production and handling. Further, the photopolymerization performance is good and the curability is excellent.

聚合性化合物中具有己內酯結構之化合物亦為較佳態様。A compound having a caprolactone structure in the polymerizable compound is also a preferred state.

作為具有己內酯結構之化合物,只要在分子內具有己內酯結構則無特別的限定,例如可舉出ε-己內酯改質多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯,該ε-己內酯改質多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯可以藉由將三羥甲基乙烷、二-三羥甲基乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、二-三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇、三季戊四醇、甘油、二甘油、三羥甲基三聚氰胺等多元醇與(甲基)丙烯酸及ε-己內酯加以酯化而得到。其中,具有由下述通式(Z-1)表示之己內酯結構之化合物為較佳。The compound having a caprolactone structure is not particularly limited as long as it has a caprolactone structure in the molecule, and examples thereof include ε-caprolactone-modified polyfunctional (meth) acrylate, which is ε-caprolactone. The modified polyfunctional (meth) acrylate can be obtained by using trimethylolethane, di-trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, di-trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, three Polyols such as pentaerythritol, glycerin, diglycerin, and trimethylol melamine are obtained by esterification with (meth)acrylic acid and ε-caprolactone. Among them, a compound having a caprolactone structure represented by the following formula (Z-1) is preferred.

【化學式4】 [Chemical Formula 4]

在通式(Z-1)中,6個R全部為由下述通式(Z-2)表示之基團,或者6個R中的1~5個為由下述通式(Z-2)表示之基團,其餘為由下述通式(Z-3)表示之基團。In the general formula (Z-1), all of the six R's are represented by the following formula (Z-2), or one to five of the six R are represented by the following formula (Z-2) The group represented by the formula is the group represented by the following formula (Z-3).

【化學式5】 [Chemical Formula 5]

在通式(Z-2)中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,m表示1或2的數,“*”表示鍵結鍵。In the formula (Z-2), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, m represents a number of 1 or 2, and "*" represents a bond.

【化學式6】 [Chemical Formula 6]

在通式(Z-3)中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,“*”表示鍵結鍵。In the formula (Z-3), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and "*" represents a bond.

具有己內酯結構之聚合性化合物例如由NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD.作為KAYARAD DPCA系列而市售,可以舉出DPCA-20(上述式(Z-1)~(Z-3)中,m=1、由式(Z-2)表示6個R中的R之基團的個數=2、R1 全部為氫原子之化合物)、DPCA-30(上述式(Z-1)~(Z-3)中,m=1、由式(Z-2)表示6個R中的R之基團的個數=3、R1 全部為氫原子之化合物)、DPCA-60(上述式(Z-1)~(Z-3)中,m=1、由式(Z-2)表示6個R中的R之基團的個數=6、R1 全部為氫原子之化合物)、DPCA-120(上述式(Z-1)~(Z-3)中,m=2、由式(Z-2)表示6個R中的R之基團的個數=6、R1 全部為氫原子之化合物)等。A polymerizable compound having a caprolactone structure is commercially available, for example, from NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD. as KAYARAD DPCA series, and DPCA-20 (in the above formulas (Z-1) to (Z-3), m= 1. The formula (Z-2) represents the number of groups of R in 6 R = 2, the compound in which all R 1 are a hydrogen atom), DPCA-30 (the above formula (Z-1) to (Z- In 3), m = 1, the number of groups in which R in 6 R is represented by the formula (Z-2) = 3, and the compound in which all R 1 are a hydrogen atom), DPCA-60 (the above formula (Z-) In 1) to (Z-3), m=1, the number of groups in which R in 6 R is represented by the formula (Z-2) = 6, and all compounds in which R 1 is a hydrogen atom), DPCA-120 (In the above formulae (Z-1) to (Z-3), m = 2, the number of groups in which R in the six Rs is represented by the formula (Z-2) = 6, and R 1 is all a hydrogen atom. Compound) and the like.

聚合性化合物可以使用由下述通式(Z-4)或(Z-5)表示之化合物。As the polymerizable compound, a compound represented by the following formula (Z-4) or (Z-5) can be used.

【化學式7】 [Chemical Formula 7]

在通式(Z-4)及(Z-5)中,E分別獨立地表示-((CH2y CH2 O)-或-((CH2y CH(CH3 )O)-,y分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,X分別獨立地表示(甲基)丙烯醯基、氫原子或羧基。In the general formulae (Z-4) and (Z-5), E independently represents -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)- or -((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 )O)-, y each independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and X each independently represents a (meth)acryloyl group, a hydrogen atom or a carboxyl group.

在通式(Z-4)中,(甲基)丙烯醯基的合計為3個或4個,m分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,各m的合計為0~40的整數。其中,各m的合計為0的情況下,X中任1個為羧基。In the general formula (Z-4), the total of (meth)acrylonyl groups is three or four, and m each independently represents an integer of from 0 to 10, and the total of each m is an integer of from 0 to 40. In the case where the total of each of m is 0, one of X is a carboxyl group.

在通式(Z-5)中,(甲基)丙烯醯基的合計為5個或6個,n分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,各n的合計為0~60的整數。其中,各n的合計為0的情況下,X中任1個為羧基。In the general formula (Z-5), the total of (meth)acrylonyl groups is 5 or 6, and n each independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each n is an integer of 0 to 60. In the case where the total of each n is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group.

在通式(Z-4)中,m為0~6的整數為較佳,0~4的整數更為佳。In the general formula (Z-4), an integer of m of from 0 to 6 is preferred, and an integer of from 0 to 4 is more preferably.

又,各m的合計為2~40的整數為較佳,2~16的整數更為佳,4~8的整數尤為佳。Further, the total of each m is preferably an integer of 2 to 40, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and particularly preferably an integer of 4 to 8.

在通式(Z-5)中,n為0~6的整數為較佳,0~4的整數更為佳。In the formula (Z-5), n is an integer of 0 to 6 and preferably an integer of 0 to 4 is more preferable.

又,各n的合計為3~60的整數為較佳,3~24的整數更為佳,6~12的整數尤為佳。Further, the total of n is preferably an integer of 3 to 60, more preferably an integer of 3 to 24, and particularly preferably an integer of 6 to 12.

又,在通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)中的-((CH2y CH2 O)-或-((CH2y CH(CH3 )O)-較佳為氧原子側的末端與X鍵結之形態。Further, -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)- or -((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 )O)- in the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) is preferred. It is a form in which the end of the oxygen atom side is bonded to X.

由通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)表示之化合物可以單獨使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。尤其,在通式(Z-5)中,6個X全部為丙烯醯基之形態為較佳。The compound represented by the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In particular, in the general formula (Z-5), it is preferred that all of the six X atoms are acrylonitrile groups.

又,作為由通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)表示之化合物的聚合性化合物中之總含量,20質量%以上為較佳、50質量%以上更為佳。In addition, the total content of the polymerizable compound of the compound represented by the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more.

由通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)表示之化合物能夠藉由以下以往公知的製程而合成:藉由開環加成反應使環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷的開環骨架鍵結於季戊四醇或二季戊四醇之製程;及例如使(甲基)丙烯醯氯與開環骨架的末端羥基反應而導入(甲基)丙烯醯基之製程。各製程為被廣為人知之製程,本領域技術人員能夠容易地合成由通式(Z-4)或(Z-5)表示之化合物。The compound represented by the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) can be synthesized by a conventionally known process: a ring-opening skeleton of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide by a ring-opening addition reaction A process of bonding to pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol; and, for example, a process of reacting (meth)acrylofluorene chloride with a terminal hydroxyl group of a ring-opening skeleton to introduce a (meth)acrylonitrile group. Each process is a well-known process, and those skilled in the art can easily synthesize a compound represented by the formula (Z-4) or (Z-5).

由通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)表示之化合物中,季戊四醇衍生物及/或二季戊四醇衍生物亦更為佳。Among the compounds represented by the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5), pentaerythritol derivatives and/or dipentaerythritol derivatives are also more preferable.

具體而言,可以舉出由下述式(a)~(f)表示之化合物(以下亦稱作“例示化合物(a)~(f)”。),其中,例示化合物(a)、(b)、(e)、(f)為較佳。Specific examples thereof include compounds represented by the following formulas (a) to (f) (hereinafter also referred to as "exemplary compounds (a) to (f)"), wherein the compounds (a) and (b) are exemplified. ), (e), (f) are preferred.

【化學式8】 [Chemical Formula 8]

【化學式9】 [Chemical Formula 9]

作為由通式(Z-4)、(Z-5)表示之聚合性化合物的市售品,例如可以舉出SARTOMER Company,Inc.製造之具有4個乙烯氧基鏈之4官能丙烯酸酯之SR-494,NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,LTD.製造之具有6個戊烯氧基鏈之6官能丙烯酸酯之DPCA-60、具有3個異丁烯氧基鏈之3官能丙烯酸酯之TPA-330等。As a commercial item of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (Z-4) or (Z-5), for example, SR of a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains manufactured by SARTOMER Company, Inc. -494, DPCA-60 having 6 penteneoxy chain 6-functional acrylates, TPA-330 having 3 isobutyleneoxy chains, and TPA-330 having 3 isobutyleneoxy chains, manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD.

作為聚合性化合物,如日本特公昭48-41708號公報、日本特開昭51-37193號公報、日本特公平2-32293號公報、日本特公平2-16765號公報中記載之胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯類,日本特公昭58-49860號公報、日本特公昭56-17654號公報、日本特公昭62-39417號公報、日本特公昭62-39418號公報中記載的具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺基甲酸酯化合物類亦較佳。又,藉由使用日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特開昭63-260909號公報、日本特開平1-105238號公報中記載之、在分子內具有胺基結構和硫化物結構之加成聚合性化合物類,能夠得到感光速度非常優異之著色硬化性組成物。The urethane described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 2-16765, and Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 2-26765 The acrylate-based structure having an ethylene oxide-based skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho-58-49860, Japanese Patent Publication No. SHO 56-17654, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 62-39417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 62-39418 Amino acid compound is also preferred. In addition, the addition of an amine-based structure and a sulfide structure in the molecule is described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. A polymerizable compound can be obtained as a color-curable composition having an excellent photospeed.

作為市售品,可以舉出胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(SANYO-KOKUSAKU PULP CO.,LTD.製造)、UA-7200(SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造)、DPHA-40H(NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,LTD.製造)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(KYOEISHA CO.,LTD.製造)等。Commercially available products include urethane oligomer UAS-10, UAB-140 (made by SANYO-KOKUSAKU PULP CO., LTD.), and UA-7200 (SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO., LTD. ), DPHA-40H (manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by KYOEISHA CO., LTD.).

<<<具有環氧基之化合物>>><<<Compound with epoxy group>>>

本發明中作為硬化性化合物亦能夠使用具有環氧基之化合物。In the present invention, a compound having an epoxy group can also be used as the curable compound.

在由乾式蝕刻法形成圖案之情況下,可較佳地將具有環氧基之化合物用作硬化性化合物。In the case of forming a pattern by dry etching, a compound having an epoxy group can be preferably used as the curable compound.

作為具有環氧基之化合物,在1個分子內具有2個以上環氧基者為較佳。藉由使用在1個分子內具有2個以上環氧基之化合物,能夠更有效地發揮本發明的效果。環氧基在1分子內具有2~10個為較佳,2~5個更為佳,3個尤為佳。As the compound having an epoxy group, it is preferred to have two or more epoxy groups in one molecule. By using a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule, the effects of the present invention can be exhibited more effectively. The epoxy group is preferably 2 to 10 in one molecule, more preferably 2 to 5, and particularly preferably 3.

在本發明中具有環氧基之化合物可較佳地使用具有2個苯環由烴基連接之結構者。烴基為碳原子數為1~6的伸烷基為較佳。The compound having an epoxy group in the present invention can preferably be used as a structure having two benzene rings bonded by a hydrocarbon group. The hydrocarbon group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

又,環氧基經由連接基團而連接為較佳。作為連接基團,可以舉出包含選自伸烷基、伸芳基、-O-、由-NR’-(R’表示氫原子、可具有取代基之烷基或可具有取代基之芳基,氫原子為較佳)表示之結構、-SO2 -、-CO-、-O-及-S-之至少一個之基團。Further, it is preferred that the epoxy group is connected via a linking group. The linking group may, for example, be an aryl group selected from an alkyl group, an extended aryl group, -O-, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an alkyl group which may have a substituent, represented by -NR'- (R' represents a hydrogen atom. The hydrogen atom is preferably a structure represented by at least one of -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, and -S-.

具有環氧基之化合物中環氧當量(=具有環氧基之化合物的分子量/環氧基之數量)為500g/eq以下為較佳,100~400g/eq更為佳,100~300g/eq為進一步較佳。The epoxy equivalent of the compound having an epoxy group (=the molecular weight of the compound having an epoxy group/the number of epoxy groups) is preferably 500 g/eq or less, more preferably 100 to 400 g/eq, and 100 to 300 g/eq. It is further preferred.

具有環氧基之化合物可以為低分子化合物(例如分子量小於2000,進而,分子量小於1000),亦可以為高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例如分子量為1000以上,在聚合物之情況下,重量平均分子量為1000以上)。具有環氧基之化合物的重量平均分子量為200~100000為較佳,500~50000更為佳。The compound having an epoxy group may be a low molecular compound (for example, having a molecular weight of less than 2,000 and further having a molecular weight of less than 1,000), or may be a macromolecular compound (for example, a molecular weight of 1,000 or more, and in the case of a polymer, a weight average molecular weight). It is more than 1000). The weight average molecular weight of the compound having an epoxy group is preferably from 200 to 100,000, more preferably from 500 to 50,000.

作為2個苯環藉由烴基連接之結構的具有環氧基之化合物,可以較佳地使用由下述通式(2a)表示之化合物。As the epoxy group-containing compound having a structure in which two benzene rings are bonded by a hydrocarbon group, a compound represented by the following formula (2a) can be preferably used.

【化學式10】 [Chemical Formula 10]

通式(2a)中,R1 ~R19 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烷氧基或鹵素原子。In the formula (2a), R 1 to R 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a halogen atom.

通式(2a)的R1 ~R19 的詳細內容能夠參閱日本特開2013-011869號公報的段落號0036,將該內容包含於本說明書中。The details of R 1 to R 19 of the general formula (2a) can be referred to in paragraph 0036 of JP-A-2013-011869, and the contents are included in the present specification.

尤其是R1 ~R19 分別獨立地為氫原子、甲基、乙基或甲氧基中的任一個為較佳。又,選自R13 、R18 以及R19 之1個以上為甲基更為佳。R13 、R18 以及R19 為甲基,R1 ~R12 、R14 ~R17 為氫原子為進一步較佳。In particular, it is preferred that each of R 1 to R 19 is independently a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group or a methoxy group. Further, one or more selected from the group consisting of R 13 , R 18 and R 19 is more preferably a methyl group. R 13 , R 18 and R 19 are each a methyl group, and it is more preferable that R 1 to R 12 and R 14 to R 17 are a hydrogen atom.

由上述通式(2a)表示之化合物能夠參閱日本特開2013-011869號公報的段落號0036並進行合成。作為市售品,可以舉出Printec Corporation製造的VG-3101L、NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,LTD.製造的NC-6000以及NC-6300等。The compound represented by the above formula (2a) can be synthesized by referring to paragraph 0036 of JP-A-2013-011869. As a commercial item, VG-3101L by Printec Corporation, NC-6000 by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD., NC-6300, etc. are mentioned.

具有環氧基之化合物例如能夠使用由下述通式(EP1)表示之化合物。As the compound having an epoxy group, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (EP1) can be used.

【化學式11】 [Chemical Formula 11]

式(EP1)中,REP1 ~REP3 分別表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基,烷基可以係具有環狀結構者,又,亦可具有取代基。REP1 和REP2 、REP2 和REP3 亦可相互鍵結而形成環結構。In the formula (EP1), R EP1 to R EP3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group, and the alkyl group may have a cyclic structure or may have a substituent. R EP1 and R EP2 , R EP2 and R EP3 may also be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.

QEP 表示單鍵或者nEP 價的有機基。REP1 ~REP3 亦可與QEP 鍵結而形成環結構。Q EP represents a single bond or an organic group of n EP valence. R EP1 to R EP3 may also bond with Q EP to form a ring structure.

nEP 表示2以上的整數,2~10為較佳,2~6為進一步較佳。但是,QEP 為單鍵的情況下,nEP 為2。n EP represents an integer of 2 or more, 2 to 10 is preferable, and 2 to 6 is further more preferable. However, when Q EP is a single bond, n EP is 2.

關於REP1 ~REP3 、QEP 的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2014-089408號公報的段落號0087~0088的記載,將該內容編入本說明書中。For details of R EP1 to R EP3 and Q EP , the descriptions of paragraphs 0087 to 088 of JP-A-2014-089408 can be referred to.

以下,例示具有環氧基之化合物的具體例,但本發明不限於該些者。Specific examples of the compound having an epoxy group are exemplified below, but the present invention is not limited to these.

【化學式12】 [Chemical Formula 12]

作為具有環氧基之化合物,還能夠較佳地使用側鏈具有環氧基之寡聚物或聚合物。作為該種化合物,能夠舉出雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、苯酚酚醛型環氧樹脂、甲酚酚醛型環氧樹脂、脂肪族環氧樹脂等。As the compound having an epoxy group, an oligomer or a polymer having an epoxy group in a side chain can also be preferably used. Examples of such a compound include a bisphenol A type epoxy resin, a bisphenol F type epoxy resin, a phenol novolak type epoxy resin, a cresol novolac type epoxy resin, and an aliphatic epoxy resin.

該些化合物可以使用市售品,亦可藉由向聚合物的側鏈導入環氧基來獲得。These compounds can be used as a commercial product, and can also be obtained by introducing an epoxy group into a side chain of a polymer.

作為市售品,例如作為雙酚A型環氧樹脂係,JER827、JER828、JER834、JER1001、JER1002、JER1003、JER1055、JER1007、JER1009、JER1010(以上,Japan Epoxy Resins Co., Ltd.製造)、EPICLON860、EPICLON1050、EPICLON1051、EPICLON1055(以上,DIC Corporation製造)等,作為雙酚F型環氧樹脂係,JER806、JER807、JER4004、JER4005、JER4007、JER4010(以上,Japan Epoxy Resins Co., Ltd.製造)、EPICLON830、EPICLON835(以上,DIC Corporation製造)、LCE-21、RE-602S(以上,NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD.製造)等,作為苯酚酚醛型環氧樹脂係,JER152、JER154、JER157S70、JER157S65(以上,Japan Epoxy Resins Co., Ltd.製造)、EPICLON N-740、EPICLON N-770、EPICLON N-775(以上,DIC Corporation製造)等,作為甲酚酚醛型環氧樹脂係,EPICLON N-660、EPICLON N-665、EPICLON N-670、EPICLON N-673、EPICLON N-680、EPICLON N-690、EPICLON N-695(以上,DIC Corporation製造)、EOCN-1020(以上,NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD.製造)等,作為脂肪族環氧樹脂係,ADEKA RESIN EP-4080S、ADEKA RESIN EP-4085S、ADEKA RESIN EP-4088S(以上,ADEKA CORPORATION製造)、CELLOXIDE2021P、CELLOXIDE2081、CELLOXIDE2083、CELLOXIDE2085、EHPE3150、EPOLEAD PB 3600、EPOLEAD PB 4700(以上,DAICEL CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.製造)、Denacol EX-212L、EX-214L、EX-216L、EX-321L、EX-850L(以上,Nagase ChemteX Corporation製造)等。除此之外,可以舉出ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S、ADEKA RESIN EP-4003S、ADEKA RESIN EP-4010S、ADEKA RESIN EP-4011S(以上,ADEKA CORPORATION製造)、NC-2000、NC-3000、NC-7300、XD-1000、EPPN-501、EPPN-502(以上,ADEKA CORPORATION製造)、JER1031S(Japan Epoxy Resins Co., Ltd.製造)等。As a commercial item, for example, bisphenol A type epoxy resin system, JER827, JER828, JER834, JER1001, JER1002, JER1003, JER1055, JER1007, JER1009, JER1010 (above, manufactured by Japan Epoxy Resins Co., Ltd.), EPICLON 860 EPICLON 1050, EPICLON 1051, EPICLON 1055 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), etc., as bisphenol F type epoxy resin system, JER806, JER807, JER4004, JER4005, JER4007, JER4010 (above, manufactured by Japan Epoxy Resins Co., Ltd.), EPICLON 830, EPICLON 835 (above, manufactured by DIC Corporation), LCE-21, RE-602S (manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD.), etc., as phenol novolak type epoxy resin system, JER152, JER154, JER157S70, JER157S65 (above) , manufactured by Japan Epoxy Resins Co., Ltd.), EPICLON N-740, EPICLON N-770, EPICLON N-775 (above, manufactured by DIC Corporation), etc., as a cresol novolac epoxy resin system, EPICLON N-660, EPICLON N-665, EPICLON N-670, EPICLON N-673, EPICLON N-680, EPICLON N-690, EPICLON N-695 (above, manufactured by DIC Corporation), EOCN-1020 Above, NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD., etc., as an aliphatic epoxy resin system, ADEKA RESIN EP-4080S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4085S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4088S (above, manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), CELLOXIDE2021P, CELLOXIDE2081 CELLOXIDE2083, CELLOXIDE2085, EHPE3150, EPOLEAD PB 3600, EPOLEAD PB 4700 (above, manufactured by DAICEL CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.), Denacol EX-212L, EX-214L, EX-216L, EX-321L, EX-850L (above, Nagase ChemteX Corporation) and the like. In addition, ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4003S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4010S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4011S (above, manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC-7300 XD-1000, EPPN-501, EPPN-502 (above, manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), JER1031S (manufactured by Japan Epoxy Resins Co., Ltd.), and the like.

又,還能夠較佳地使用JER1031S(Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation製造)、JER1032H60(Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation製造)、EPICLON HP-4700(DIC Corporation製造)、EPICLON N-695(DIC Corporation製造)、EPICLON840(DIC Corporation製造)、EPICLON N660(DIC Corporation製造)、EPICLON HP7200(DIC Corporation製造)等。Further, JER1031S (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), JER1032H60 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), EPICLON HP-4700 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), and EPICLON 840 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) can be preferably used. EPICLON N660 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), EPICLON HP7200 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), and the like.

在本發明的著色硬化性組成物中,硬化性化合物相對於著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分之含量為0.1~40質量%為較佳。下限例如為0.5質量%以上更為佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限例如為30質量%以下更為佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳。硬化性化合物可以單獨使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。在併用2種以上之情況下,總量成為上述範圍為較佳。In the colored curable composition of the present invention, the content of the curable compound to the total solid content of the colored curable composition is preferably from 0.1 to 40% by mass. The lower limit is, for example, preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is, for example, preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less. One type of the curable compound may be used alone or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount is preferably in the above range.

<<多官能硫醇化合物>><<Multifunctional thiol compound>>

本發明的著色硬化性組成物以促進聚合性化合物的反應等為目的,可以含有在分子內具有2個以上的巰基之多官能硫醇化合物。多官能硫醇化合物為二級烷烴硫醇類為較佳,尤其,係具有由下述通式(T1)表示之結構之化合物為較佳。The colored curable composition of the present invention may contain a polyfunctional thiol compound having two or more mercapto groups in the molecule for the purpose of promoting the reaction of the polymerizable compound. The polyfunctional thiol compound is preferably a secondary alkanethiol, and particularly, a compound having a structure represented by the following formula (T1) is preferred.

通式(T1)General formula (T1)

【化學式13】 [Chemical Formula 13]

(在式(T1)中,n表示2~4的整數,L表示2~4價的連接基團。)(In the formula (T1), n represents an integer of 2 to 4, and L represents a linking group of 2 to 4 valence.)

在上述通式(T1)中,連接基團L係碳原子數為2~12的脂肪族基團為較佳,n為2,L係碳原子數為2~12的伸烷基尤為佳。多官能硫醇化合物的具體的例子可以舉出由下述結構式(T2)~(T4)表示之化合物,由式(T2)表示之化合物尤為佳。該些多官能硫醇可以使用1種或組合複數種而使用。In the above formula (T1), the linking group L is preferably an aliphatic group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, n is 2, and an L-alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms is particularly preferable. Specific examples of the polyfunctional thiol compound include compounds represented by the following structural formulae (T2) to (T4), and compounds represented by the formula (T2) are particularly preferred. These polyfunctional thiols can be used singly or in combination of plural kinds.

【化學式14】 [Chemical Formula 14]

在本發明的著色硬化性組成物含有多官能硫醇之情況下,多官能硫醇相對於著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分之含量為0.3~8.9質量%為較佳,0.8~6.4質量%更為佳。又,多官能硫醇亦可以以改善穩定性、臭味、解析度、顯影性、密合性等為目的而添加。In the case where the colored curable composition of the present invention contains a polyfunctional thiol, the content of the polyfunctional thiol relative to the total solid content of the colored curable composition is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, and preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass. Better. Further, the polyfunctional thiol may be added for the purpose of improving stability, odor, resolution, developability, adhesion, and the like.

<<溶劑>><<Solvent>>

本發明的著色硬化性組成物含有溶劑。The color hardening composition of the present invention contains a solvent.

只要滿足各成分的溶解性或著色硬化性組成物的塗佈性,溶劑基本上無特別限制,但考慮著色劑、樹脂、硬化性化合物等的溶解性、塗佈性、安全性來選擇為較佳。The solvent is not particularly limited as long as the solubility of each component or the coating property of the coloring curable composition is satisfied, but it is selected in consideration of solubility, coating property, and safety of a coloring agent, a resin, and a curable compound. good.

作為溶劑可以較佳地舉出如下:酯類例如:乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸環己酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、氧基乙酸烷基酯類(例:氧基乙酸甲酯、氧基乙酸乙酯、氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:3-氧基丙酸甲酯、3-氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:2-氧基丙酸甲酯、2-氧基丙酸乙酯、2-氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯以及2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-丁酮酸甲酯、2-丁酮酸乙酯等;以及醚類例如:二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇丙醚乙酸酯等;以及酮類例:甲基乙基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮等;以及芳烴類例如:甲苯、二甲苯等。As the solvent, preferred are as follows: esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, butyric acid Propyl ester, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, alkyl oxyacetate (eg methyl oxyacetate, ethyl oxyacetate, butyl oxyacetate (eg , methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.), alkyl 3-oxopropionate ( Examples: methyl 3-oxypropionate, ethyl 3-oxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid Methyl ester, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.), alkyl 2-oxopropionate (eg methyl 2-oxypropionate, ethyl 2-oxypropionate, 2-oxygen) Propyl propyl propionate and the like (for example, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, 2 -ethyl ethoxypropionate)), methyl 2-oxy-2-methylpropanoate and 2-oxy-2-methylpropane Ethyl ester (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, and sodium pyruvate Ester, ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate, ethyl 2-butyrate, ethyl 2-butyrate, etc.; and ethers such as diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol Methyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, Propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, propylene glycol diethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol propyl ether acetate, etc.; and ketones: methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 3 - heptanone or the like; and aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and the like.

從著色劑、樹脂、硬化性化合物等的溶解性、塗佈面狀的改善等的觀點來看,該些溶劑混合2種以上亦較佳。例如,由選自3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環戊酮、環己酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇甲醚、以及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯之2種以上構成之混合溶液為較佳。From the viewpoints of the solubility of the coloring agent, the resin, the curable compound, and the like, and the improvement of the coating surface, it is preferable to mix two or more of these solvents. For example, selected from methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, Methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether A mixed solution of two or more kinds of acid esters is preferred.

溶劑中過氧化物的含有率為0.8mmmpl/L以下為較佳,使用實質上不含有過氧化物之溶劑更為佳。The content of the peroxide in the solvent is preferably 0.8 mm mpl/L or less, and more preferably a solvent containing no peroxide.

就溶劑的含量而言,從塗佈性的觀點來看,著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分濃度為5~80質量%之量為較佳。下限例如為5質量%以上更為佳,10質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限例如為60質量%以下更為佳,50質量%以下為進一步較佳。The content of the solvent is preferably from 5 to 80% by mass in terms of the total solid content concentration of the colored curable composition from the viewpoint of coatability. The lower limit is, for example, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and still more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is, for example, 60% by mass or less, more preferably 50% by mass or less.

本發明的著色硬化性組成物可以只含有1種溶劑,亦可以含有2種以上溶劑。在含有2種以上之情況下,其總量成為上述範圍為較佳。The colored curable composition of the present invention may contain only one type of solvent, or may contain two or more types of solvents. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount becomes the above range.

<<樹脂>><<Resin>>

本發明的著色硬化性組成物含有樹脂。樹脂例如以使著色劑分散於組成物中之用途、黏合劑的用途而配合。另外,將主要為了使顏料等著色劑分散而使用之樹脂亦稱作分散劑。但是,樹脂的該種用途為一個例子,亦可以將該種用途以外作為目的而使用。The color hardening composition of the present invention contains a resin. The resin is blended, for example, for the purpose of dispersing the colorant in the composition or the use of the binder. Further, a resin mainly used for dispersing a colorant such as a pigment is also referred to as a dispersant. However, such use of the resin is an example, and it may be used for the purpose other than the use.

在本發明的著色硬化性組成物中,樹脂相對於著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分之含量為10~50質量%為較佳,20~40質量%更為佳。若樹脂的含量為上述範圍,則著色劑的分散性良好。In the colored curable composition of the present invention, the content of the resin relative to the total solid content of the colored curable composition is preferably 10 to 50% by mass, more preferably 20 to 40% by mass. When the content of the resin is in the above range, the dispersibility of the colorant is good.

<<<分散劑>>><<<Dispersant>>>

在本發明中,樹脂含有分散劑為較佳。分散劑可以舉出酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)、鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂)。In the present invention, the resin preferably contains a dispersant. Examples of the dispersant include an acidic dispersant (acidic resin) and an alkaline dispersant (basic resin).

分散劑至少含有酸性分散劑為較佳,僅為酸性分散劑更為佳。藉由至少含有酸性分散劑,分散劑能夠有效地抑制針狀結晶的產生。又,著色劑的分散性提高,且不易產生亮度不均。進而,由於可以得到優異之顯影性,因此能夠由光刻法(photolithography)適當地形成圖案。另外,分散劑僅為酸性分散劑是指,例如在分散劑的總質量中之酸性分散劑的含量為99質量%以上為較佳,亦可以設為99.9質量%以上。The dispersant preferably contains at least an acidic dispersant, and is preferably only an acidic dispersant. The dispersant can effectively suppress the generation of needle crystals by containing at least an acidic dispersant. Further, the dispersibility of the colorant is improved, and unevenness in brightness is less likely to occur. Further, since excellent developability can be obtained, a pattern can be appropriately formed by photolithography. In addition, the content of the acidic dispersant in the total mass of the dispersant is preferably 99% by mass or more, and may be 99.9% by mass or more.

在此,酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)表示酸基的量比鹼性基的量多的樹脂。將酸基的量和鹼性基的量之總量設為100莫耳%時,酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)為酸基的量佔70莫耳%以上之樹脂為較佳,實質上僅由酸基構成之樹脂更為佳。酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)所具有之酸基為羧基為較佳。Here, the acidic dispersant (acid resin) represents a resin having a larger amount of acid groups than the amount of the basic group. When the total amount of the acid group and the amount of the basic group is set to 100 mol%, the acidic dispersant (acid resin) is preferably a resin having an acid group content of 70 mol% or more, substantially only The resin composed of an acid group is more preferable. The acid group of the acidic dispersant (acid resin) is preferably a carboxyl group.

又,鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂)表示鹼性基的量比酸基的量多的樹脂。將酸基的量和鹼性基的量之總量設為100莫耳%時,鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂)為鹼性基的量佔50莫耳%以上之樹脂為較佳。鹼性分散劑所具有之鹼性基為氨基為較佳。Further, the alkaline dispersant (basic resin) means a resin having a larger amount of a basic group than the acid group. When the total amount of the acid group and the amount of the basic group is set to 100 mol%, it is preferred that the basic dispersant (basic resin) is a resin having a basic group content of 50 mol% or more. It is preferred that the basic group of the basic dispersant is an amino group.

酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)的酸值為40~105mgKOH/g為較佳,50~105mgKOH/g更為佳,60~105mgKOH/g為進一步較佳。The acid dispersant (acid resin) preferably has an acid value of 40 to 105 mgKOH/g, more preferably 50 to 105 mgKOH/g, and further preferably 60 to 105 mgKOH/g.

在本發明中,分散劑相對於鹵化鋅酞菁顏料100質量份之含量為10~100質量份為較佳,20~60質量份更為佳。In the present invention, the dispersant is preferably used in an amount of 10 to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 20 to 60 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment.

在本發明的著色硬化性組成物中,酸性樹脂相對於著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分之含量為10~50質量%為較佳,20~40質量%更為佳。只要酸性樹脂的含量為上述範囲,則顯影性便良好。In the colored curable composition of the present invention, the content of the acidic resin relative to the total solid content of the colored curable composition is preferably 10 to 50% by mass, more preferably 20 to 40% by mass. As long as the content of the acidic resin is as described above, the developability is good.

在本發明的著色硬化性組成物中,酸性樹脂在樹脂總質量中的比例為50~100質量%為較佳,75~100質量%更為佳,80~100質量%為進一步較佳,90~100質量%尤為佳,95~100質量%為最佳。In the colored curable composition of the present invention, the ratio of the acidic resin to the total mass of the resin is preferably from 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably from 75 to 100% by mass, still more preferably from 80 to 100% by mass, and further preferably 90. It is particularly preferable to be 100% by mass, and preferably 95 to 100% by mass.

作為分散劑,例如可以舉出高分子分散劑〔例如聚醯胺-胺及其鹽、聚羧酸及其鹽、高分子量不飽和酸酯、改質聚胺基甲酸酯、改質聚酯、改質聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物、萘磺酸福馬林縮合物〕、聚氧乙烯烷基磷酸酯、聚氧乙烯烷基胺、烷醇胺等。The dispersing agent may, for example, be a polymer dispersing agent (for example, polyamine-amine and a salt thereof, a polycarboxylic acid and a salt thereof, a high molecular weight unsaturated acid ester, a modified polyurethane, a modified polyester) And modified poly(meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic copolymer, naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin condensate], polyoxyethylene alkyl phosphate, polyoxyethylene alkylamine, alkanolamine, and the like.

高分子分散劑可根據其結構進一步分類為直鏈狀高分子、末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子。高分子分散劑吸著於顏料的表面,以防止再凝聚的方式發揮作用。因此作為較佳的結構,可舉出具有向顏料表面的錨定(Anchor)部位之末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子。The polymer dispersant can be further classified into a linear polymer, a terminal modified polymer, a graft polymer, and a block polymer according to the structure. The polymer dispersant adsorbs on the surface of the pigment to prevent re-agglomeration. Therefore, as a preferable structure, the terminal modified type polymer, the graft type polymer, and the block type polymer which have an anchor part to the surface of a pigment are mentioned.

作為末端改質型高分子,例如可以舉出日本特開平3-112992號公報、日本專利公表2003-533455號公報等中記載的在末端具有磷酸基之高分子,日本特開2002-273191號公報等中記載的在末端具有磺酸基之高分子,日本特開平9-77994號公報等中記載的具有有機色素的部分骨架或雜環之高分子等。又,日本特開2007-277514號公報中記載的在高分子末端導入2個以上的對顏料表面的錨定部位(酸基、鹼性基、有機色素的部分骨架或雜環等)之高分子的分散穩定性亦優異,故較佳。For example, JP-A-2002-273191 discloses a polymer having a phosphate group at a terminal, which is described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 2003-533455. The polymer having a sulfonic acid group at the terminal, and a polymer having a partial skeleton or a heterocyclic ring of an organic dye described in JP-A-9-77994, and the like. Further, a polymer which introduces two or more anchoring sites (acid groups, basic groups, partial skeletons of organic dyes, heterocyclic rings, etc.) to the surface of the pigment at the end of the polymer described in JP-A-2007-277514 The dispersion stability is also excellent, so it is preferred.

作為接枝型高分子,例如可以舉出聚酯系分散劑等。具體而言,可以舉出日本特開昭54-37082號公報、日本專利公表平8-507960號公報、日本特開2009-258668號公報等中記載的聚(低級伸烷基亞胺)與聚酯的反應產物;日本特開平9-169821號公報等中記載的聚烯丙基胺與聚酯的反應產物;日本特開平10-339949號公報、日本特開2004-37986號公報、国際揭示小冊子WO2010/110491等中記載的巨單體與氮原子單體的共聚物;日本特開2003-238837號公報、日本特開2008-9426號公報、日本特開2008-81732號公報等中記載的具有有機色素的部分骨架或雜環之接枝型高分子;日本特開2010-106268號公報等中記載的巨單體與含酸基單體的共聚物;日本特開2009-203462號公報中記載的具有鹼性基和酸基之両性樹脂等。The graft type polymer may, for example, be a polyester-based dispersant or the like. Specifically, poly(lower alkylene imine) and poly group described in JP-A-H05-370820, JP-A-H08-507960, JP-A-2009-258668, and the like. The reaction product of the polyallylamine and the polyester described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 9-169821, and the like, and the publication of the International Publication No. 2004-37986 A copolymer of a macromonomer and a nitrogen atom monomer described in WO2010/110491, etc., as described in JP-A-2003-238837, JP-A-2008-9426, JP-A-2008-81732, and the like. A graft-type polymer having a partial skeleton or a heterocyclic ring of an organic dye; a copolymer of a macromonomer and an acid group-containing monomer described in JP-A-2010-106268, and the like; An inert resin having a basic group and an acid group.

作為藉由自由基聚合來製造接枝型高分子時使用之巨單體,可以使用公知的巨單體,可以舉出TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造的巨單體AA-6(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基之聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯)、AS-6(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基之聚苯乙烯)、AN-6S(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基之苯乙烯和丙烯腈的共聚物)、AB-6(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基之聚丙烯酸丁酯)、DAICEL CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.製造的PLACCEL FM5(甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的ε-己內酯5莫耳當量加成品)、FA10L(丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯ε-己內酯10莫耳當量加成品)、及日本特開平2-272009號公報中記載的聚酯系巨單體等。As the macromonomer used in the production of the graft polymer by radical polymerization, a known macromonomer can be used, and a macromonomer AA-6 (end group A) manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. can be used. Acryl fluorenyl polymethyl methacrylate), AS-6 (polystyrene based terminal group is methacryl fluorenyl), AN-6S (styrene and acrylonitrile whose terminal group is methacryl fluorenyl) Copolymer), AB-6 (polybutyl acrylate of methacryl fluorenyl group), PLACEL FM5 manufactured by DAICEL CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. (ε-caprolactone of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) 5 molar equivalents of the finished product), FA10L (2-hydroxyethyl acrylate ε-caprolactone 10 mil equivalents of the finished product), and the polyester-based macromonomer described in JP-A No. 2-272009.

作為嵌段型高分子,日本特開2003-49110號公報、日本特開2009-52010號公報等中記載的嵌段型高分子為較佳。As the block type polymer, a block type polymer described in, for example, JP-A-2003-49110, and JP-A-2009-52010 is preferable.

用作分散劑之樹脂含有具有酸基之重複單元為較佳。藉由樹脂含有具有酸基之重複單元,從而在藉由光刻法而形成著色圖案時,能夠進一步減少產生於著色畫素的基底之殘渣。The resin used as the dispersing agent preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group. When the resin contains a repeating unit having an acid group, when a colored pattern is formed by photolithography, the residue generated on the base of the colored pixel can be further reduced.

具有酸基之重複單元可使用具有酸基之單體而構成。作為來源於酸基之單體,可以舉出具有羧基之乙烯基單體、具有磺酸基之乙烯基單體、具有磷酸基之乙烯基單體等。The repeating unit having an acid group can be constituted using a monomer having an acid group. Examples of the acid group-derived monomer include a vinyl monomer having a carboxyl group, a vinyl monomer having a sulfonic acid group, and a vinyl monomer having a phosphoric acid group.

作為具有羧基之乙烯基單體,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸、乙烯基苯甲酸、馬來酸、馬來酸單烷基酯、富馬酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、桂皮酸、丙烯酸二聚物等。又,亦可利用2-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等具有羥基之單聚體與如馬來酸酐、鄰苯二甲酸酐、琥珀酸酐、環己烷二羧酸酐那樣的環酐的加成反應物,ω-羧基-聚己內酯單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。又,作為羧基的前驅物,可以使用馬來酸酐、衣康酸酐、檸康酸酐等含酐單體。其中,從未曝光部的顯影去除性的觀點來看,2-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等具有羥基之單聚體與如馬來酸酐、鄰苯二甲酸酐、琥珀酸酐、環己烷二羧酸酐那樣的環酐的加成反應物為較佳。Examples of the vinyl monomer having a carboxyl group include (meth)acrylic acid, vinylbenzoic acid, maleic acid, monoalkyl maleate, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, and acrylic acid. Dimer and the like. Further, it is also possible to use a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride or cyclohexane dicarboxylic anhydride. The reactant is ω-carboxy-polycaprolactone mono(meth)acrylate or the like. Further, as the precursor of the carboxyl group, an anhydride-containing monomer such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride or citraconic anhydride can be used. Among them, a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and a monomer such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, or cyclohexane, from the viewpoint of development removability of the unexposed portion. An addition reactant of a cyclic anhydride such as an alkanedicarboxylic acid anhydride is preferred.

作為具有磺酸基之乙烯基單體,可以舉出2-丙烯醯胺基-2-甲基丙烷磺酸等。Examples of the vinyl monomer having a sulfonic acid group include 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid and the like.

作為具有磷酸基之乙烯基單體,可以舉出磷酸單(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基酯)、磷酸單(1-甲基-2-丙烯醯氧基乙基酯)等。Examples of the vinyl monomer having a phosphoric acid group include mono(2-propenyloxyethyl ester) phosphate and mono(1-methyl-2-propenyloxyethyl phosphate).

又,作為具有酸基之重複單元,可以參閱日本特開2008-165059號公報的段落號0067~0069的記載,將該內容包括在本說明書中。Further, as a repeating unit having an acid group, the description of paragraphs 0067 to 0069 of JP-A-2008-165059 can be referred to, and the content is included in the present specification.

又,在本發明中,作為分散劑,能夠使用由包含由通式(A1)及通式(A2)中的任一者表示之重複單元和具有酸基之重複單元之接枝共聚物構成之酸性樹脂。Further, in the present invention, as the dispersing agent, a graft copolymer comprising a repeating unit represented by any one of the formula (A1) and the formula (A2) and a repeating unit having an acid group can be used. Acidic resin.

【化學式15】 [Chemical Formula 15]

通式(A1)及(A2)中,R1 ~R6 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基,X1 及X2 分別獨立地表示-CO-、-C(=O)O-、-CONH-、-OC(=O)-或亞苯基,L1 及L2 分別獨立地表示單鍵或2價的有機連接基團,A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示1價的有機基,m及n分別獨立地表示2~8的整數,p及q分別獨立地表示1~100的整數。In the general formulae (A1) and (A2), R 1 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and X 1 and X 2 each independently represent -CO-, -C(=O)O-. , -CONH-, -OC(=O)- or phenylene, and L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent organic linking group, and A 1 and A 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group. The bases, m and n each independently represent an integer of 2 to 8, and p and q each independently represent an integer of 1 to 100.

R1 ~R6 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基。作為1價的有機基,經取代或無取代的烷基為較佳。作為烷基,碳原子數為1~12的烷基為較佳,碳原子數為1~8的烷基更為佳,碳原子數為1~4的烷基尤為佳。R 1 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. As the monovalent organic group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group is preferred. As the alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.

作為R1 、R2 、R4 及R5 ,氫原子為較佳,作為R3 及R6 ,從對顏料表面的吸著效率的觀點來看,氫原子或甲基亦為最佳。As R 1, R 2, R 4 and R 5, a hydrogen atom is preferred as R 3 and R 6, from the viewpoint of adsorption efficiency on the pigment surface view, a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is also preferred.

X1 及X2 分別獨立地表示-CO-、-C(=O)O-、-CONH-、-OC(=O)-或亞苯基。其中,從對顏料的吸著性的觀點來看,-C(=O)O-、-CONH-、亞苯基為較佳,-C(=O)O-為最佳。X 1 and X 2 each independently represent -CO-, -C(=O)O-, -CONH-, -OC(=O)- or a phenylene group. Among them, from the viewpoint of the sorption property to the pigment, -C(=O)O-, -CONH-, and phenylene are preferred, and -C(=O)O- is preferred.

L1 及L2 分別獨立地表示單鍵或2價的有機連接基團。作為2價的有機連接基團,取代或無取代的伸烷基、由伸烷基和雜原子或伸烷基和含有雜原子之部分結構構成之2價的有機連接基團為較佳。L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent organic linking group. As the divalent organic linking group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group, a divalent organic linking group composed of an alkylene group and a hetero atom or an alkylene group and a partial structure containing a hetero atom are preferred.

作為伸烷基,碳原子數為1~12的伸烷基為較佳,碳原子數為1~8的伸烷基更為佳,碳原子數為1~4的伸烷基尤為佳。As the alkylene group, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferred, and an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is particularly preferred.

作為含有雜原子之部分結構中之雜原子,例如可以舉出氧原子、氮原子、硫原子,其中,氧原子、氮原子為較佳。Examples of the hetero atom in the partial structure containing a hetero atom include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom. Among them, an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom is preferred.

作為2價的有機連接基團,從對顏料的吸著性的觀點來看,較佳的是在上述伸烷基的末端具有選自-C(=O)-、-OC(=O)-、-NHC(=O)-之雜原子或含有雜原子之部分結構,經由雜原子或含有雜原子之部分結構而與相鄰之氧原子連接者。在此,相鄰之氧原子是指對於通式(A1)中之L1 、及通式(A2)中之L2 ,在側鏈末端側鍵結之氧原子。As the divalent organic linking group, from the viewpoint of the sorption property to the pigment, it is preferred to have a terminal group selected from -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)- at the terminal of the above alkylene group. a hetero atom of -NHC(=O)- or a partial structure containing a hetero atom, which is bonded to an adjacent oxygen atom via a hetero atom or a partial structure containing a hetero atom. Here, the adjacent oxygen atom means the general formula (A1) in the L 1, and the formula (A2), the L 2, an oxygen atom of the side chain end side key junction.

A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示1價的有機基。作為1價的有機基,取代或無取代的烷基或取代或無取代的芳基為較佳。作為取代基,可以舉出在日本特開2009-256572號公報的段落號0028中記載之取代基,將該些內容編入本說明書中。A 1 and A 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group. As the monovalent organic group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group is preferred. The substituents described in Paragraph No. 0027 of JP-A-2009-256572, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

作為A1 及A2 ,從分散穩定性、顯影性的觀點來看,碳原子數為1~20的直鏈烷基、碳原子數為3~20的支鏈烷基、碳原子數為5~20的環狀烷基為較佳,碳原子數為4~15的直鏈烷基、碳原子數為4~15的支鏈烷基、碳原子數為6~10的環狀烷基更為佳,碳原子數為6~10的直鏈烷基、碳原子數為6~12的支鏈烷基為進一步較佳。A 1 and A 2 are a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and 5 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of dispersion stability and developability. A cyclic alkyl group of -20 is preferred, a linear alkyl group having 4 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 4 to 15 carbon atoms, and a cyclic alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. More preferably, a linear alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is further preferred.

m及n分別獨立地表示2~8的整數。從分散穩定性、顯影性的觀點來看,4~6為較佳,5為最佳。m and n each independently represent an integer of 2-8. From the viewpoint of dispersion stability and developability, 4 to 6 is preferred, and 5 is most preferred.

p及q分別獨立地表示1~100的整數。亦可以混合2種以上p的不同者及q的不同者。從分散穩定性、顯影性的觀點來看,p及q為5~60為較佳、5~40更為佳,5~20為進一步較佳。p and q each independently represent an integer of 1 to 100. It is also possible to mix two or more different types of p and different ones of q. From the viewpoint of dispersion stability and developability, p and q are preferably from 5 to 60, more preferably from 5 to 40, and further preferably from 5 to 20.

對於由通式(A1)表示之重複單元、由通式(A2)表示之重複單元的詳細內容,可以參閱日本特開2009-256572號公報的段落號0034~0044的記載內容,將該些內容編入本說明書中。For details of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A2), the contents of the paragraphs 0034 to 0044 of JP-A-2009-256572 can be referred to. Into this manual.

作為具有酸基之重複單元,可以舉出上述者。Examples of the repeating unit having an acid group include the above.

關於上述酸性樹脂的詳細內容,可以參閱日本特開2009-256572號公報的段落號0021~0088的記載內容,將該些內容編入本說明書中。作為上述酸性樹脂的具體例,例如可以舉出以下者。For the details of the above-mentioned acidic resin, the contents of paragraphs 0021 to 0,088 of JP-A-2009-256572 can be referred to, and the contents are incorporated in the present specification. Specific examples of the acidic resin include the following.

【化學式16】 [Chemical Formula 16]

又,在本發明中,作為分散劑可使用在主鏈及側鏈的至少一方含有氮原子之寡聚亞胺(Oligoimine)系樹脂。作為寡聚亞胺系樹脂,較佳為具有重複單元和側鏈,且在主鏈及側鏈的至少一方具有鹼性氮原子之樹脂,其中,該重複單元具備具有pKa 14以下的官能基之部分結構X,該側鏈含有原子數為40~10,000的寡聚物鏈或聚合物鏈Y。Further, in the present invention, an oligomeric imine (Oligoimine) resin containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of a main chain and a side chain can be used as the dispersant. The oligomeric imide resin is preferably a resin having a repeating unit and a side chain and having a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of a main chain and a side chain, wherein the repeating unit has a functional group having a pKa 14 or less Part of the structure X, the side chain contains an oligomer chain or polymer chain Y having an atomic number of 40 to 10,000.

在此,鹼性氮原子只要為呈鹼性之氮原子則無特別的限制。寡聚亞胺系樹脂含有具有鹽強度pKb 14以下的氮原子之結構為較佳,含有具有pKb 10以下的氮原子之結構更為佳。Here, the basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a basic nitrogen atom. The oligomeric imide resin preferably has a structure having a nitrogen atom having a salt strength of pK b 14 or less, and more preferably has a structure having a nitrogen atom of pK b 10 or less.

在本發明中,鹽強度pKb 是指水溫25℃下的pKb ,係用於定量地表示鹽強度之指標之一,係與鹼度常數相同含義。鹽強度pKb 和後述的酸強度pKa 具有pKb =14-pKa 的關係。In the present invention, the salt refers to the strength pK b pK b at temperature 25 ℃, based index for quantitatively showing one salt intensity, the basicity constant based same meaning. The salt strength pK b and the acid strength pK a described later have a relationship of pK b =14-pK a .

寡聚亞胺系樹脂為具有重複單元(i)和側鏈(ii)尤為佳,該重複單元(i)係選自聚(低級伸烷基亞胺)系重複單元、聚烯丙基胺系重複單元、聚二烯丙基胺系重複單元、間二甲苯二胺-表氯醇縮聚物系重複單元、及聚乙烯胺系重複單元之至少1種且具有鹼性氮原子之重複單元,並且具有與鹼性氮原子鍵結且包含pKa 14以下的官能基之部分結構X,該側鏈(ii)含有原子數40~10,000的寡聚物鏈或聚合物鏈Y。The oligomeric imine resin is particularly preferably having a repeating unit (i) selected from a poly(lower alkylene imine) repeating unit and a polyallylamine system, and a side chain (ii). a repeating unit, a polydiallylamine-based repeating unit, a meta-xylenediamine-epichlorohydrin polycondensate repeating unit, and a polyvinylamine-based repeating unit, and having a repeating unit of a basic nitrogen atom, and A partial structure X having a functional group bonded to a basic nitrogen atom and containing pK a 14 or less, and the side chain (ii) contains an oligomer chain or a polymer chain Y having an atomic number of 40 to 10,000.

聚(低級伸烷基亞胺)可以為鏈狀,亦可以為網目狀。在此,在本發明中,低級伸烷基亞胺是指含有碳原子數為1~5的伸烷基鏈之伸烷基亞胺。The poly(lower alkylene imide) may be in the form of a chain or a mesh. Here, in the present invention, the lower alkyleneimine means an alkyleneimine having an alkylene chain having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.

上述重複單元(i)形成寡聚亞胺系樹脂中之主鏈部為較佳。主鏈部的數量平均分子量,亦即,從寡聚亞胺系樹脂中去除上述側鏈(ii)部分的數量平均分子量為100~10,000為較佳,200~5,000為進一步較佳,300~2,000為最佳。能夠由藉由核磁共振分光法測定之末端基與主鏈部的氫原子積分值的比率求出主鏈部的數量平均分子量,或藉由測定含有作為原材料之胺基之寡聚物或聚合物的分子量求出主鏈部的數量平均分子量。It is preferred that the repeating unit (i) forms a main chain portion in the oligomeric imide resin. The number average molecular weight of the main chain portion, that is, the number average molecular weight of the side chain (ii) portion removed from the oligomeric imide resin is preferably from 100 to 10,000, more preferably from 200 to 5,000, and further preferably from 300 to 2,000. For the best. The number average molecular weight of the main chain portion can be determined from the ratio of the hydrogen atom integrated value of the terminal group and the main chain portion measured by the nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, or the oligomer or polymer containing the amine group as a raw material can be determined. The molecular weight of the main chain portion was determined by the molecular weight.

(寡聚亞胺系樹脂的第一態樣)(First aspect of oligomeric imide resin)

寡聚亞胺系樹脂的較佳態様的一種,可以舉出包含由下述通式(I-1)表示之重複單元、及由通式(I-2)表示之重複單元之態様。In a preferred embodiment of the oligo-imine resin, a repeating unit represented by the following formula (I-1) and a repeating unit represented by the formula (I-2) can be mentioned.

【化學式17】 [Chemical Formula 17]

在通式(I-1)及(I-2)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子或烷基,a分別獨立地表示1~5的整數,*表示重複單元之間的連接部,X表示具有pKa 14以下的官能基之基團,Y表示原子數為40~10,000的寡聚物鏈或聚合物鏈。In the general formulae (I-1) and (I-2), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group, and a each independently represents an integer of 1 to 5, and * represents a repeating unit. In the connection portion, X represents a group having a functional group of pK a 14 or less, and Y represents an oligomer chain or a polymer chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms.

寡聚亞胺系樹脂進一步含有由通式(I-3)表示之重複單元為較佳。依該態様,著色劑等的分散性進一步提高。The oligomeric imide resin further preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the formula (I-3). In this state, the dispersibility of the coloring agent or the like is further improved.

【化學式18】 [Chemical Formula 18]

在通式(I-3)中,R1 、R2 及a與通式(I-1)中之R1 、R2 及a具有相同含義。Y’表示具有陰離子基團之原子數為40~10,000的寡聚物鏈或聚合物鏈。可藉由在主鏈部具有一級或二級胺基之樹脂中添加具有與胺反應而形成鹽之基團之寡聚物或聚合物而使其進行反應,從而形成由通式(I-3)表示之重複單元。In the formula (I-3), R 1 , R 2 and a have the same meanings as R 1 , R 2 and a in the formula (I-1). Y' represents an oligomer chain or a polymer chain having an anion group having an atomic number of 40 to 10,000. An oligomer or a polymer having a group which forms a salt by reacting with an amine in a resin having a primary or secondary amine group in the main chain portion can be reacted to form a general formula (I-3). ) indicates the repeating unit.

在通式(I-1)、通式(I-2)及通式(I-3)中,R1 及R2 為氫原子為較佳。從原材料獲取性的觀點來看,a為2為較佳。In the general formula (I-1), the general formula (I-2) and the general formula (I-3), R 1 and R 2 are preferably a hydrogen atom. From the viewpoint of raw material availability, a is preferably 2.

寡聚亞胺系樹脂除了含有由通式(I-1)、通式(I-2)及通式(I-3)表示之重複單元以外,亦可以含有具有一級或三級胺基之低級伸烷基亞胺作為重複單元。另外,低級伸烷基亞胺重複單元中之氮原子亦可以進一步鍵結有由X、Y或Y’表示之基團。The oligomeric imide resin may contain a lower group having a primary or tertiary amine group in addition to the repeating unit represented by the general formula (I-1), the general formula (I-2), and the general formula (I-3). The alkylimine is used as a repeating unit. Further, the nitrogen atom in the lower alkylene imine repeating unit may be further bonded to a group represented by X, Y or Y'.

由通式(I-1)表示之重複單元在包含於寡聚亞胺系樹脂中之總重複單元中含有1~80莫耳%為較佳,含有3~50莫耳%為最佳。The repeating unit represented by the formula (I-1) is preferably contained in an amount of from 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably from 3 to 50 mol%, based on the total repeating unit contained in the oligomeric imide resin.

由通式(I-2)表示之重複單元在包含於寡聚亞胺系樹脂中之總重複單元含有10~90莫耳%為較佳,含有30~70莫耳%為最佳。The repeating unit represented by the formula (I-2) is preferably 10 to 90 mol%, and preferably 30 to 70 mol%, based on the total repeating unit contained in the oligomeric imide resin.

從分散穩定性的觀點以及親水性與疏水性的平衡的觀點來看,由通式(I-1)表示之重複單元以及由通式(I-2)表示之重複單元的含有比率〔(I-1):(I-2)〕以莫耳比計為10:1~1:100的範圍為較佳,1:1~1:10的範圍更為佳。The content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (I-1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (I-2) from the viewpoint of the dispersion stability and the balance between the hydrophilicity and the hydrophobicity [(I) -1): (I-2)] is preferably in the range of 10:1 to 1:100 in terms of molar ratio, and more preferably in the range of 1:1 to 1:10.

另外,依據需要而併用之由通式(I-3)表示之重複單元係,含有原子數為40~10,000的寡聚物鏈或聚合物鏈Y’之部分結構與主鏈的氮原子離子鍵結者,在包含於寡聚亞胺系樹脂之總重複單元中,從效果的觀點來看,含有0.5~20莫耳%為較佳,含有1~10莫耳%為最佳。另外,能夠藉由紅外分光法、鹽滴定法來確認離子鍵結有聚合物鏈Y’。Further, the repeating unit represented by the formula (I-3), which is used in combination as needed, contains an oligomer chain having an atomic number of 40 to 10,000 or a partial structure of the polymer chain Y' and a nitrogen atom ionic bond of the main chain. In the total repeating unit contained in the oligoenimine resin, it is preferably from 0.5 to 20 mol%, and preferably from 1 to 10 mol%, from the viewpoint of the effect. Further, it was confirmed by ion spectrometry or salt titration that the polymer chain Y' was ion-bonded.

(寡聚亞胺系樹脂的第二態樣)(Second aspect of oligomeric imide resin)

作為寡聚亞胺系樹脂的其他較佳態樣,可舉出含有由下述通式(II-1)表示之重複單元、以及由通式(II-2)表示之重複單元之態樣。Other preferred aspects of the oligo-imine-based resin include a repeating unit represented by the following formula (II-1) and a repeating unit represented by the formula (II-2).

【化學式19】 [Chemical Formula 19]

通式(II-1)以及(II-2)中,R3 、R4 、R5 以及R6 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基。*、X以及Y與通式(I-1)以及(I-2)中的*、X以及Y具有相同含義。In the general formulae (II-1) and (II-2), R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group. *, X and Y have the same meanings as *, X and Y in the general formulae (I-1) and (I-2).

寡聚亞胺系樹脂進一步含有由通式(II-3)表示之重複單元為較佳。依該態樣,著色劑等的分散性進一步提高。The oligomeric imide resin further preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the formula (II-3). In this way, the dispersibility of the colorant or the like is further improved.

【化學式20】 [Chemical Formula 20]

通式(II-3)中,R3 、R4 、R5 以及R6 與通式(II-1)中的R3 、R4 、R5 以及R6 具有相同含義。Y’與通式(I-3)中的Y’具有相同含義。In the general formula (II-3), R 3 , R 4, R 5 and R 6 in the general formula R (II-1) is 3, R 4, R 5 and R 6 have the same meaning. Y' has the same meaning as Y' in the formula (I-3).

從原材料的獲取性的觀點來看,通式(II-1)、(II-2)以及(II-3)中,R3 、R4 、R5 以及R6 為氫原子為較佳。From the viewpoint of availability of raw materials, in the general formulae (II-1), (II-2) and (II-3), R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are preferably a hydrogen atom.

通式(II-1)在寡聚亞胺系樹脂所包含之總重複單元中含有1~80莫耳%為較佳,含有3~50莫耳%為最佳。The general formula (II-1) is preferably contained in an amount of from 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably from 3 to 50 mol%, based on the total repeating unit contained in the oligomeric imide resin.

通式(II-2)在寡聚亞胺系樹脂所包含之總重複單元中含有10~90莫耳%為較佳,含有30~70莫耳%為最佳。The general formula (II-2) is preferably contained in an amount of from 10 to 90 mol%, more preferably from 30 to 70 mol%, based on the total repeating unit contained in the oligomeric imide resin.

從分散穩定性的觀點以及親水性與疏水性的平衡的觀點來看,由通式(II-1)表示之重複單元以及由通式(II-1)表示之重複單元的含有比〔(II-1):(II-2)〕以莫耳比計10:1~1:100的範囲為較佳,1:1~1:10的範囲更為佳。From the viewpoint of dispersion stability and the balance between hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity, the ratio of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II-1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II-1) [(II) -1): (II-2)] The range of 10:1 to 1:100 in terms of molar ratio is preferred, and the range of 1:1 to 1:10 is better.

依據需要並用之由通式(II-3)表示之重複單元在寡聚亞胺系樹脂的總重複單元中含有0.5~20莫耳%為較佳,含有1~10莫耳%為最佳。The repeating unit represented by the formula (II-3), which is used in combination, is preferably contained in an amount of from 0.5 to 20 mol%, more preferably from 1 to 10 mol%, based on the total repeating unit of the oligoenimine resin.

從分散性的觀點來看,寡聚亞胺系樹脂尤其為包含由通式(I-1)表示之重複單元和由通式(I-2)表示之重複單元這兩者之態樣為最佳。From the viewpoint of dispersibility, the oligoimide-based resin is particularly the one containing both the repeating unit represented by the formula (I-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (I-2). good.

(具有pKa 14以下的官能基之部分結構X)(Partial structure X having a functional group of pK a 14 or less)

上述部分結構X具有在25℃水溫下的pKa 為14以下的官能基。在此所說之“pKa ”係,化學便覽(II)(改訂4版,1993年,日本化學會編,Maruzen Co., Ltd.)中記載之定義者。X has the above-described partial structure at a water temperature of 25 deg.] C has a pK a of 14 or less functional groups. The "pK a " system mentioned here is the definition described in Chemical Handbook (II) (Revised 4th Edition, 1993, edited by the Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen Co., Ltd.).

“pKa 14以下的官能基”只要係物理性質滿足該條件者,其結構等無特別限定,公知的官能基中,可以舉出pKa 滿足上述範囲者,但pKa 為12以下之官能基尤為佳,pKa 為11以下之官能基為最佳。作為部分結構X,具體而言,例如可以舉出羧酸基(pKa :3~5左右)、磺酸(pKa :-3~-2左右)、-COCH2 CO-(pKa :8~10左右)、-COCH2 CN(pKa :8~11左右)、-CONHCO-、酚羥基、-RF CH2 OH或-(RF2 CHOH(RF 表示全氟烷基。pKa :9~11左右)、磺醯胺基(pKa :9~11左右)等,羧酸基(pKa :3~5左右)、磺酸基(pKa :-3~-2左右)、-COCH2 CO-(pKa :8~10左右)尤為佳。"PK a 14 or less-functional group" as long as the system physical properties satisfy the condition, which structure is not particularly limited, and conventionally known functional groups may include pK a satisfies the above range Tong persons, but pK a of 12 or less of functional groups Particularly preferred is a functional group having a pKa of 11 or less. Specific examples of the partial structure X include a carboxylic acid group (pK a : about 3 to 5), a sulfonic acid (pK a : about -3 to -2), and -COCH 2 CO- (pK a : 8). ~10 or so), -COCH 2 CN (pK a : about 8 to 11), -CONHCO-, phenolic hydroxyl group, -R F CH 2 OH or -(R F ) 2 CHOH (R F represents a perfluoroalkyl group. pK a: about 9 to 11), sulfonylurea group (the pK a: about 9 to 11) or the like, a carboxylic acid group (the pK a: about 3 to 5), a sulfonic acid group (the pK a: -3 to -2) -COCH 2 CO-(pK a : about 8 to 10) is particularly preferred.

部分結構X直接與具有鹼性氮原子之重複單元中的鹼性氮原子鍵結為較佳。具有鹼性氮原子之重複單元的氮原子與部分結構X亦可按照不僅共價鍵結而且離子鍵結而形成鹼之態樣連接。Part of the structure X is preferably bonded directly to a basic nitrogen atom in a repeating unit having a basic nitrogen atom. The nitrogen atom having a repeating unit of a basic nitrogen atom and the partial structure X may be bonded in such a manner that not only covalent bonding but also ionic bonding forms a base.

作為部分結構X,具有由下述通式(V-1)、通式(V-2)或通式(V-3)表示之結構者尤為佳。As the partial structure X, it is particularly preferable to have a structure represented by the following general formula (V-1), general formula (V-2) or general formula (V-3).

【化學式21】 [Chemical Formula 21]

通式(V-1)、通式(V-2)中,U表示單鍵或2價的連接基團。d以及e分別獨立地表示0或1。通式(V-3)中,Q表示醯基或烷氧基羰基。In the general formula (V-1) and the general formula (V-2), U represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. d and e each independently represent 0 or 1. In the formula (V-3), Q represents a mercapto group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.

作為由U表示之2價的連接基團,例如可以舉出可以具有氧原子之伸烷基、伸芳基、環氧烷基等,碳原子數為1~30的伸烷基或碳原子數為6~20的伸芳基尤為佳,碳原子數為1~20的伸烷基或碳原子數為6~15的伸芳基為最佳。又,從生產率的觀點來看,d係1為較佳,又,e係0為較佳。The divalent linking group represented by U may, for example, be an alkyl group having an oxygen atom, an extended aryl group or an alkylene oxide group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or a carbon atom. It is particularly preferably an extended aryl group of 6 to 20, and an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an extended aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms is most preferred. Further, from the viewpoint of productivity, d is 1 is preferable, and e is 0 is preferable.

Q表示醯基或烷氧基羰基。作為Q中的醯基,碳原子數為1~30的醯基為較佳,乙醯基尤為佳。作為Q中的烷氧基羰基,從製造的容易度、原材料(X的前驅物X’)的獲取性的觀點來看,Q為乙醯基為較佳。Q represents a mercapto or alkoxycarbonyl group. As the mercapto group in Q, a mercapto group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is preferred, and an anthracene group is particularly preferred. The alkoxycarbonyl group in Q is preferably an ethylene group from the viewpoint of easiness of production and availability of a raw material (precursor X' of X).

(原子數40~10,000的寡聚物鏈或聚合物鏈Y)(oligomer chain or polymer chain Y having an atomic number of 40 to 10,000)

作為原子數40~10,000的寡聚物鏈或聚合物鏈Y,可以舉出能夠與寡聚亞胺系樹脂的主鏈部連接之聚酯、聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺、聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯等公知的聚合物鏈。Y中的與寡聚亞胺系樹脂的鍵結部位為Y的末端為較佳。Examples of the oligomer chain or polymer chain Y having an atomic number of 40 to 10,000 include a polyester, a polyamide, a polyimine, and a poly(methyl) which can be bonded to the main chain portion of the oligomeric imide resin. A well-known polymer chain such as acrylate. The terminal portion of Y in which Y is bonded to the oligoi-imide resin is preferably Y.

Y與上述重複單元(i)的鹼性氮原子鍵結為較佳。重複單元(i)的鹼性氮原子與Y的鍵結方式為共價鍵、離子鍵或共價鍵以及離子鍵的混合。重複單元(i)的鹼性氮原子與Y的鍵結方式的比率為共價鍵:離子鍵=100:0~0:100為較佳,95:5~5:95更為佳,90:10~10:90為最佳。Y與重複單元(i)的鹼性氮原子進行醯胺鍵結或作為羧酸鹽進行離子鍵結為較佳。Y is preferably bonded to the basic nitrogen atom of the above repeating unit (i). The bonding mode of the basic nitrogen atom of the repeating unit (i) to Y is a covalent bond, an ionic bond or a covalent bond, and a mixture of ionic bonds. The ratio of the basic nitrogen atom of the repeating unit (i) to the bonding mode of Y is a covalent bond: ion bond = 100:0 to 0:100 is preferred, 95:5 to 5:95 is more preferable, 90: 10 to 10:90 is the best. Y is preferably bonded to the basic nitrogen atom of the repeating unit (i) or ionicly bonded as a carboxylate.

從分散性、分散穩定性、顯影性的觀點來看,作為寡聚物鏈或聚合物鏈Y的原子數為50~5,000為較佳,60~3,000更為佳。From the viewpoint of dispersibility, dispersion stability, and developability, the number of atoms of the oligomer chain or polymer chain Y is preferably from 50 to 5,000, more preferably from 60 to 3,000.

Y的數量平均分子量能夠藉由基於GPC法之聚苯乙烯換算値進行測定。Y的數量平均分子量為1,000~50,000尤為佳,從分散性、分散穩定性、顯影性的觀點來看,1,000~30,000為最佳。The number average molecular weight of Y can be measured by conversion of polystyrene based on GPC method. The number average molecular weight of Y is particularly preferably from 1,000 to 50,000, and from 1,000 to 30,000 is preferable from the viewpoint of dispersibility, dispersion stability, and developability.

由Y表示之側鏈結構在樹脂1分子中與主鏈連接2個以上為較佳,連接5個以上為最佳。The side chain structure represented by Y is preferably two or more of the main chain of the resin, and it is preferable to connect five or more.

關於Y的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2013-064979號公報的段落號0086~0098的記載,將該些內容編入本說明書中。For the details of Y, the descriptions of paragraphs 0086 to 0098 of JP-A-2013-064979 can be referred to, and the contents are incorporated in the present specification.

上述寡聚亞胺系樹脂能夠藉由日本特開2013-064979號公報的段落號0110~0117中記載的方法合成。The above oligomeric imide resin can be synthesized by the method described in paragraphs 0110 to 0117 of JP-A-2013-064979.

上述寡聚亞胺系樹脂的具體例例如可以舉出以下所示之樹脂。又,可以舉出日本特開2013-064979號公報的段落號0099~0109、0119~0124中記載之樹脂,該些內容編入本說明書中。Specific examples of the above oligomeric imide resin include the following resins. Further, the resin described in paragraphs 0099 to 0109 and 0119 to 0124 of JP-A-2013-064979 is incorporated herein by reference.

【化學式22】 [Chemical Formula 22]

又,在本發明中,作為酸性分散劑,可使用日本特開2008-165059號公報的段落號0020~0075中記載之具有酸基和不飽和雙鍵之樹脂。Further, in the present invention, as the acidic dispersing agent, a resin having an acid group and an unsaturated double bond described in paragraphs 0020 to 0075 of JP-A-2008-165059 can be used.

亦可作為市售品而獲取分散劑,作為該種具體例,可以舉出KUSUMOTO Chemicals,LTD.製造的“DA-7301”;BYK-Chemie GmbH製造的“Disperbyk-101(聚醯胺-胺磷酸鹽)、107(羧酸酯)、110(含有酸基之共聚物)、111(磷酸系分散劑)、130(聚醯胺)、161、162、163、164、165、166、170(高分子共聚物)”、“BYK-P104、P105(高分子量不飽和聚羧酸)”、EFKA公司製造的“EFKA4047、4050~4010~4165(聚胺基甲酸酯系)、EFKA4330~4340(嵌段共聚物)、4400~4402(改質聚丙烯酸酯)、5010(聚酯醯胺)、5765(高分子量聚羧酸鹽)、6220(脂肪酸聚酯)、6745(酞菁衍生物)、6750(偶氮顏料衍生物)”;AJINOMOTO FINE-TECHNO Co.,Inc製造的“AJISPER PB821、PB822、PB880、PB881”;KYOEISHA Chemical Co.,Ltd製造的“FLOWLEN TG-710(聚胺基甲酸酯寡聚物)”、“POLYFLOW No.50E、No.300(丙烯酸系共聚物)”;KUSUMOTO Chemicals,Ltd.製造的“DISPARLON KS-860、873SN、874、#2150(脂肪族多價羧酸)、#7004(聚醚酯)、DA-703-50、DA-705、DA-725”;KAO Corporation製造的“DEMOL RN、N(萘磺酸福馬林縮聚物)、MS、C、SN-B(芳香族磺酸福馬林縮聚物)”、“HOMOGENOL L-18(高分子聚羧酸)”、“EMULGEN920、930、935、985(聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚)”、“ACETAMIN86(硬脂基胺乙酸鹽)”;LUBRIZOL JAPAN ,LTD.製造的“SOLSPERSE5000(酞菁衍生物)、22000(偶氮顏料衍生物)、13240(聚酯胺)、3000、12000、17000、20000、27000(在末端部具有功能部之高分子)、24000、28000、32000、38500(接枝型高分子)”;Nikko Chemicals Co., Ltd.製造的“NIKKOR T106(聚氧乙烯山梨糖醇單油酸酯)、MYS-IEX(聚氧乙烯單硬脂酸酯)”;KAWAKEN FINE CHEMICALS CO.,LTD.製造的HINOACT T-8000E等;Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造的有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341;YUSHO CO.,LTD.製造的“W001:陽離子系界面活性劑”、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油烯基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯等非離子系界面活性劑、“W004、W005、W017”等陰離子系界面活性劑,MORISHITA&CO.,LTD.製造的“EFKA-46、EFKA-47、EFKA-47EA、EFKA聚合物100、EFKA聚合物400、EFKA聚合物401、EFKA聚合物450”、SUN NOPCO LIMITED製造的“DISPERSE AID 6、DISPERSE AID 8、DISPERSE AID 15、DISPERSE AID 9100”等高分子分散劑,ADEKA CORPORATION製造的“ADEKA PLURONIC L31、F38、L42、L44、L61、L64、F68、L72、P95、F77、P84、F87、P94、L101、P103、F108、L121、P-123”、及SANYO CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES,LTD.製造的“IONET(商品名稱)S-20”等。又,亦可使用ACRYBASE FFS-6752、ACRYBASE FFS-187、ACRYCURE-RD-F8、CYCLOMER P。A dispersant can be obtained as a commercial product, and as such a specific example, "DA-7301" manufactured by KUSUMOTO Chemicals, LTD.; "Disperbyk-101 (polyamide-amine phosphoric acid) manufactured by BYK-Chemie GmbH) Salt), 107 (carboxylate), 110 (copolymer containing acid group), 111 (phosphate dispersant), 130 (polyamine), 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 170 (high "Molecular Copolymers"", "BYK-P104, P105 (High Molecular Weight Unsaturated Polycarboxylic Acids)", "EFKA4047, 4050-4010-4165 (Polyurethane), EFKA 4330 to 4340, manufactured by EFKA) Segment copolymer), 4400-4402 (modified polyacrylate), 5010 (polyester decylamine), 5765 (high molecular weight polycarboxylate), 6220 (fatty acid polyester), 6745 (phthalocyanine derivative), 6750 (Azo pigment derivative)"; "AJISPER PB821, PB822, PB880, PB881" manufactured by AJINOMOTO FINE-TECHNO Co., Inc.; "FLOWLEN TG-710 (polyurethane) manufactured by KYOEISHA Chemical Co., Ltd. Oligomer)", "POLYFLOW No. 50E, No. 300 (acrylic copolymer)"; KUSUMOTO Chemica "DISPARLON KS-860, 873SN, 874, #2150 (aliphatic polyvalent carboxylic acid), #7004 (polyether ester), DA-703-50, DA-705, DA-725" manufactured by ls, Ltd.; "DEMOL RN, N (formalin naphthalenesulfonate polycondensate), MS, C, SN-B (aromatic sulfonate fumarate polycondensate)", "HOMOGENOL L-18 (polymer polycarboxylic acid)" manufactured by KAO Corporation "EMULGEN 920, 930, 935, 985 (polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether)", "ACETAMIN86 (stearylamine acetate)"; "SOLSPERSE 5000 (phthalocyanine derivative) manufactured by LUBRIZOL JAPAN, LTD., 22000 (azo pigment derivative), 13240 (polyesteramine), 3000, 12000, 17000, 20000, 27000 (polymer having a functional portion at the terminal portion), 24000, 28000, 32000, 38500 (graft-type polymer) "NIKKOR T106 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate), MYS-IEX (polyoxyethylene monostearate)" manufactured by Nikko Chemicals Co., Ltd.; KAWAKEN FINE CHEMICALS CO., LTD . manufactured by HINOACT T-8000E, etc.; organic siloxane polymer KP341 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.; YUSHO CO., LTD. "W001: Cationic surfactant", polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene decyl benzene Nonionic surfactants such as ethyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, and sorbitan fatty acid ester, and anionic surfactants such as "W004, W005, W017" "EFKA-46, EFKA-47, EFKA-47EA, EFKA Polymer 100, EFKA Polymer 400, EFKA Polymer 401, EFKA Polymer 450" manufactured by MORISHITA & CO., LTD., "DISPERSE AID" manufactured by SUN NOPCO LIMITED 6. DISPERSE AID 8, DISPERSE AID 15, DISPERSE AID 9100" and other polymer dispersants, ADEKA PLURONIC L31, F38, L42, L44, L61, L64, F68, L72, P95, F77, P84, F87 "IONET (trade name) S-20" manufactured by SANYO CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES, LTD., P94, L101, P103, F108, L121, P-123", and the like. Further, ACRYBASE FFS-6752, ACRYBASE FFS-187, ACRYCURE-RD-F8, and CYCLOMER P can also be used.

另外,利用上述分散劑進行說明之樹脂,亦可以以分散劑以外的用途進行使用。例如亦能夠用作黏合劑。Further, the resin described by the above dispersant may be used in applications other than the dispersant. For example, it can also be used as a binder.

<<<鹼可溶性樹脂>>><<<Alkali Soluble Resin>>

本發明的著色硬化性組成物能夠含有鹼可溶性樹脂而作為樹脂。藉由含有鹼可溶性樹脂,顯影性及圖案形成性提高。另外,鹼可溶性樹脂亦可用作分散劑和黏合劑。The colored curable composition of the present invention can contain an alkali-soluble resin as a resin. The developability and pattern formability are improved by containing an alkali-soluble resin. In addition, alkali-soluble resins can also be used as a dispersant and a binder.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂的分子量並無特別的限定,重量平均分子量(Mw)為5,000~100,000為較佳。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)為1,000~20,000為較佳。The molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably 5,000 to 100,000. Further, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably from 1,000 to 20,000.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,可以係線性有機高分子聚合物,亦可以從在分子(以丙烯酸系共聚物、苯乙烯系共聚物為主鏈之分子為較佳)中至少具有1個促進鹼可溶性之基團(以下,稱作“酸基”。)之鹼可溶性樹脂中適當地進行選擇。The alkali-soluble resin may be a linear organic high molecular polymer, or may have at least one base which promotes alkali solubility in a molecule (a molecule having an acrylic copolymer or a styrene copolymer as a main chain). The alkali-soluble resin of the group (hereinafter referred to as "acid group") is appropriately selected.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,從耐熱性的觀點來看,多羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、聚矽氧烷系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂為較佳,從控制顯影性之觀點來看,丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂為較佳。The alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polyhydroxystyrene resin, a polyoxyalkylene resin, an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, or an acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resin from the viewpoint of heat resistance. From the viewpoint of controlling developability, an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, and an acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resin are preferable.

作為促進鹼可溶性之基團,例如可以舉出羧基、磷酸基、磺酸基、酚性羥基等,可溶於有機溶劑中,且可利用弱鹼水溶液進行顯影者為較佳,作為尤為佳者可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸。該些酸基可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。Examples of the group which promotes alkali solubility include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group, and are preferably dissolved in an organic solvent, and can be preferably developed by using a weak alkali aqueous solution, and are particularly preferred. (Meth)acrylic acid is mentioned. These acid groups may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

在製造鹼可溶性樹脂時,例如能夠適用公知的利用自由基聚合法之方法。用自由基聚合法製造鹼可溶性樹脂時的溫度、壓力、自由基起始劑的種類及其量、溶劑的種類等聚合條件可由本領域技術人員容易地設定,亦可以實驗性地設定條件。In the case of producing an alkali-soluble resin, for example, a known method using a radical polymerization method can be applied. The polymerization conditions such as the temperature, the pressure, the type and amount of the radical initiator, and the kind of the solvent when the alkali-soluble resin is produced by the radical polymerization method can be easily set by those skilled in the art, and the conditions can be experimentally set.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,在側鏈具有羧酸之聚合物為較佳,可以舉出甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、巴豆酸共聚物、馬來酸共聚物、部分酯化馬來酸共聚物、酚醛清漆樹脂等鹼可溶性酚醛樹脂等;以及在側鏈具有羧基之酸性纖維素衍生物、在具有羥基之聚合物上加成酸酐而成者。尤其,(甲基)丙烯酸和可與其共聚合之其他單體的共聚物適合作為鹼可溶性樹脂。作為可與(甲基)丙烯酸共聚合的其他單體,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯、乙烯基化合物等。作為(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯及(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸萘酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己基酯等,作為乙烯基化合物,可以舉出苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、丙烯腈、乙酸乙烯酯、N-乙烯基吡咯烷酮、甲基丙烯四氫糠酯、聚苯乙烯巨單體、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯巨單體等,在日本特開平10-300922號公報中記載的作為N位取代馬來醯亞胺單體,能舉出N-苯基馬來醯亞胺、N-環己基馬來醯亞胺等。另外,可與該些(甲基)丙烯酸共聚合之其他單體可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。As the alkali-soluble resin, a polymer having a carboxylic acid in a side chain is preferred, and examples thereof include a methacrylic acid copolymer, an acrylic copolymer, an itaconic acid copolymer, a crotonic acid copolymer, a maleic acid copolymer, and a partial ester. An alkali-soluble phenol resin such as a maleic acid copolymer or a novolak resin; and an acid anhydride derivative having a carboxyl group in a side chain and an acid anhydride added to a polymer having a hydroxyl group. In particular, a copolymer of (meth)acrylic acid and other monomers copolymerizable therewith is suitable as the alkali-soluble resin. Examples of the other monomer copolymerizable with (meth)acrylic acid include an alkyl (meth)acrylate, an aryl (meth)acrylate, and a vinyl compound. Examples of the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester and the (meth)acrylic acid aryl ester include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, and (methyl). Butyl acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Benzyl ester, toluene (meth)acrylate, naphthyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, etc., and examples of the vinyl compound include styrene, α-methylstyrene, and vinyltoluene. , glycidyl methacrylate, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, N-vinyl pyrrolidone, methacrylic tetrahydrofurfuryl ester, polystyrene macromonomer, polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer, etc., in Japan Examples of the N-substituted maleimide monomer described in JP-A-10-300922 include N-phenylmaleimide and N-cyclohexylmaleimide. Further, the other monomers copolymerizable with the (meth)acrylic acid may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

又,為了提高本發明中之著色硬化性組成物的交聯效率,可以使用具有聚合性基團之鹼可溶性樹脂。作為聚合性基團,可以舉出(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。具有聚合性基團之鹼可溶性樹脂,在側鏈含有聚合性基團之鹼可溶性樹脂等是有用的。Moreover, in order to improve the crosslinking efficiency of the color hardening composition in the present invention, an alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group can be used. Examples of the polymerizable group include a (meth)allyl group and a (meth)acryl fluorenyl group. An alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group is useful as an alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group in a side chain.

含有聚合性基團之鹼可溶性樹脂,如下樹脂等為較佳:預先使異氰酸酯基與羥基反應而殘留1個未反應的異氰酸酯基,且使含有(甲基)丙烯醯基等聚合性基團之化合物、與含有羧基之丙烯酸系樹脂進行反應而得到之經胺基甲酸酯改質之鹼可溶性樹脂;藉由含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂與在分子內具有環氧基及聚合性雙鍵之化合物的反應而得到之鹼可溶性樹脂;酸側基(Acid pendant)型環氧丙烯酸酯樹脂;使含有羥基之丙烯酸樹脂與具有聚合性雙鍵之二元酸酐反應而得到之鹼可溶性樹脂;使含有羥基之丙烯酸樹脂與具有異氰酸酯及聚合性基團之化合物進行反應而得到之鹼可溶性樹脂;日本特開2002-229207號公報及日本特開2003-335814號公報中記載之藉由對以下樹脂進行鹼性處理而得到之鹼可溶性樹脂,前述樹脂在側鏈上具有在α位或β位具有鹵素原子或磺酸基等脱離基之酯基。The alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group is preferably a resin or the like which is obtained by reacting an isocyanate group with a hydroxyl group to leave an unreacted isocyanate group, and a polymerizable group such as a (meth)acryl fluorenyl group. An alkali-soluble resin modified with a urethane obtained by reacting a compound with a carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin; and an acrylic resin having a carboxyl group and a compound having an epoxy group and a polymerizable double bond in the molecule; An alkali-soluble resin obtained by the reaction; an acid pendant acrylic acrylate resin; an alkali-soluble resin obtained by reacting a hydroxyl group-containing acrylic resin with a dibasic acid anhydride having a polymerizable double bond; An alkali-soluble resin obtained by reacting an acrylic resin with a compound having an isocyanate and a polymerizable group; and the following resin is subjected to alkaline treatment as described in JP-A-2002-229207 and JP-A-2003-335814 The alkali-soluble resin obtained has a halogen atom or a sulfonic acid group at the α-position or the β-position in the side chain. Group of the ester group.

作為含有聚合性基團之鹼可溶性樹脂,可以舉出DIANAL NR系列(MITSUBISHI RAYON SHARES CO.,LTD.製造)、Photomer6173(含COOH的polyurethane acrylic oligomer,Diamond Shamrock Co., Ltd.製造)、VISCOAT R-264、KS RESIST 106(均為OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.製造)、CYCLOMER P系列(例如ACA230AA)、PLACCEL CF200系列(均為DAICEL CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.製造)、Ebecryl 3800(DAICEL UCB CO.,LTD.製造)、Akurikyua-RD-F8(NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO.,LTD.製造)等。Examples of the alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group include DIANAL NR series (manufactured by MITSUBISHI RAYON SHARES CO., LTD.), Photomer 6173 (polyurethane acrylic oligomer containing COOH, manufactured by Diamond Shamrock Co., Ltd.), and VISCOAT R. -264, KS RESIST 106 (both manufactured by OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.), CYCLOMER P series (for example, ACA230AA), PLACCEL CF200 series (all manufactured by DAICEL CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.), and Ebecryl 3800 (DAICEL UCB CO.) , manufactured by LTD., Akurikyua-RD-F8 (manufactured by NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD.), and the like.

鹼可溶性樹脂可較佳地使用(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/(甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯共聚物、包含(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/其他單體之多元共聚物。又,亦可以較佳使用將2-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚合而成者,日本特開平7-140654號公報中記載的(甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥基丙酯/聚苯乙烯巨單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物,丙烯酸-2-羥基-3-苯氧基丙酯/聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯巨單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物,甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯/聚苯乙烯巨單體/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物,甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯/聚苯乙烯巨單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物等。As the alkali-soluble resin, benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/(meth)acrylic acid-2-hydroxyethyl copolymer may be preferably used. And a multicomponent copolymer comprising benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/other monomer. In addition, it is also possible to use 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate copolymerized, and 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate/polyphenyl group described in JP-A-7-140654 Ethylene macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate/polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid Copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate/polystyrene macromonomer/methyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate/polystyrene macromonomer/A Benzyl acrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer and the like.

鹼可溶性樹脂包含聚合物(a)亦較佳,該聚合物(a)藉由將含有由下述通式(ED1)表示之化合物及/或由下述通式(ED2)表示之化合物(以下,有時亦將該些化合物稱作“醚二聚物”)之單體成分聚合而構成。It is also preferred that the alkali-soluble resin comprises a polymer (a) which contains a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by the following formula (ED2) (below) Further, the monomer components of these compounds are sometimes referred to as "ether dimers".

【化學式23】 [Chemical Formula 23]

通式(ED1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或可以具有取代基之碳原子數為1~25的烴基。In the formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.

【化學式24】 [Chemical Formula 24]

通式(ED2)中,R表示氫原子或碳原子數為1~30的有機基團。作為通式(ED2)的具體例,可以參閱日本特開2010-168539號公報的記載。In the formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the general formula (ED2) can be referred to the description of JP-A-2010-168539.

通式(ED1)中,作為由R1 及R2 表示之可以具有取代基之碳原子數為1~25的烴基並無特別的限制,例如可以舉出甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、叔丁基、叔戊基、硬脂基、月桂基、2-乙基己基等直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基;苯基等芳基;環己基、叔丁基環己基、二環戊二烯基、三環癸烷基、異冰片基、金剛烷基、2-甲基-2-金剛烷基等脂環式基團;1-甲氧基乙基、1-乙氧基乙基等經烷氧基取代之烷基;苄基等經芳基取代之烷基等。其中,尤其,從耐熱性的觀點來看,如甲基、乙基、環己基、苄等那樣的不易因酸或熱而脫離之一級或二級碳的取代基為較佳。In the general formula (ED1), the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent represented by R 1 and R 2 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a n-propyl group. a linear or branched alkyl group such as isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, tert-amyl, stearyl, lauryl or 2-ethylhexyl; an aryl group such as phenyl; An alicyclic group such as cyclohexyl, tert-butylcyclohexyl, dicyclopentadienyl, tricyclodecyl, isobornyl, adamantyl or 2-methyl-2-adamantyl; An alkyl group substituted with an alkoxy group such as an oxyethyl group or a 1-ethoxyethyl group; an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group such as a benzyl group; and the like. Among them, in particular, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, a substituent such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a benzyl group which is not easily desorbed from a primary or secondary carbon by acid or heat is preferred.

作為醚二聚物的具體例,例如可舉出二甲基-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二乙基-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(正丙基)-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(異丙基)-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(正丁基)-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(異丁基)-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(叔丁基)-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(叔戊基)-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(硬脂基)-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(月桂基)-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(2-乙基己基)-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(1-甲氧基乙基)-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(1-乙氧基乙基)-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二芐基-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二苯基-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二環己基-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(叔丁基環己基)-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(二環戊二烯基)-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(三環癸烷基)-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(異冰片基)-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二金剛烷基-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(2-甲基-2-金剛烷基)-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯等。其中,二甲基-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二乙基-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二環己基-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二芐基-2,2’-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯尤為佳。該些醚二聚物可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。來源於由通式(ED)表示之化合物的結構體亦可以使其他單體共聚合。Specific examples of the ether dimer include dimethyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate and diethyl-2,2'-[oxygen Bis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(n-propyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(isopropyl) -2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(n-butyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylic acid Ester, di(isobutyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(tert-butyl)-2,2'-[oxy double (methylene Base]] bis-2-acrylate, bis(tert-amyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(stearyl)-2,2' -[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(lauryl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(2- Ethylhexyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(1-methoxyethyl)-2,2'-[oxybis (methylene Bis-2-]acrylate, bis(1-ethoxyethyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, Dibenzyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, diphenyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylic acid Ester, dicyclohexyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(tert-butylcyclohexyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene) )] bis-2-acrylate, bis(dicyclopentadienyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(tricyclodecyl)- 2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(isobornyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate , diamantyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(2-methyl-2-adamantyl)-2,2'-[oxy Bis(methylene)] bis-2-acrylate. Wherein, dimethyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, diethyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2 - acrylate, dicyclohexyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, dibenzyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)] double -2-acrylate is especially preferred. These ether dimers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The structure derived from the compound represented by the general formula (ED) may also copolymerize other monomers.

鹼可溶性樹脂亦可以含有來源於由下述式(X)表示之化合物之結構單元。The alkali-soluble resin may also contain a structural unit derived from a compound represented by the following formula (X).

【化學式25】 [Chemical Formula 25]

在式(X)中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,R2 表示碳原子數為2~10的伸烷基,R3 表示氫原子或可以含有苯環的碳原子數為1~20的烷基。n表示1~15的整數。In the formula (X), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or may have a benzene ring having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. alkyl. n represents an integer of 1 to 15.

在上述式(X)中,R2 的伸烷基的碳原子數為2~3為較佳。又,R3 的烷基的碳原子數為1~20,1~10更為佳,R3 的烷基亦可以含有苯環。作為由R3 表示之含有苯環之烷基,可以舉出苄基、2-苯基(異)丙基等。In the above formula (X), the alkylene group of R 2 has preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms. Further, the alkyl group of R 3 has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group of R 3 may contain a benzene ring. The alkyl group containing a benzene ring represented by R 3 may, for example, be a benzyl group or a 2-phenyl(iso)propyl group.

鹼可溶性樹脂可以參閱日本特開2012-208494號公報段落號0558~0571(對應之美國專利申請揭示第2012/0235099號說明書的[0685]~[0700])之後的記載,將該些內容編入本說明書中。The alkali-soluble resin can be referred to in the following paragraphs of JP-A-2012-208494, paragraphs 0558 to 0571 (corresponding to [0685] to [0700] of the specification of the US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099), and the contents are incorporated herein. In the manual.

另外,亦可使用日本特開2012-32767號公報中記載的段落號0029~0063中記載的共聚物(B)及實施例中使用之鹼可溶性樹脂、日本特開2012-208474號公報的段落號0088~0098中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中使用之黏合劑樹脂、日本特開2012-137531號公報的段落號0022~0032中記載的黏合劑樹脂及在實施例中使用之黏合劑樹脂、日本特開2013-024934號公報的段落號0132~0143中記載的黏合劑樹脂及在實施例中使用之黏合劑樹脂、日本特開2011-242752號公報的段落號0092~0098中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中使用之黏合劑樹脂、日本特開2012-032770號公報的段落號0030~0072中記載的黏合劑樹脂。將該些內容編入本說明書中。In addition, the copolymer (B) described in paragraphs 0029 to 0063 described in JP-A-2012-32767, the alkali-soluble resin used in the examples, and the paragraph number of JP-A-2012-208474 can be used. The adhesive resin described in 0088 to 0098 and the adhesive resin used in the examples, the adhesive resin described in paragraphs 0022 to 0032 of JP-A-2012-137531, and the adhesive resin used in the examples, The adhesive resin described in paragraphs 0132 to 0143 of JP-A-2013-024934, and the adhesive resin used in the examples, and the adhesives described in paragraphs 0092 to 0098 of JP-A-2011-242752 The resin and the binder resin used in the examples, and the binder resin described in paragraphs 0030 to 0072 of JP-A-2012-032770. This content is incorporated into this specification.

鹼可溶性樹脂的酸值為30~500mgKOH/g為較佳。下限為50mgKOH/g以上更為佳,70mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳。上限為400mgKOH/g以下更為佳,200mgKOH/g以下為進一步較佳,150mgKOH/g以下尤為佳,120mgKOH/g以下為進一步較佳。The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably from 30 to 500 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and further preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.

在著色硬化性組成物含有鹼可溶性樹脂之情況下,鹼可溶性樹脂相對於著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分之含量為1~15質量%為較佳,2~12質量%更為佳,3~10質量%為進一步較佳。本發明的著色硬化性組成物可以僅含有1種鹼可溶性樹脂,亦可以含有2種以上。在含有2種以上鹼可溶性樹脂之情況下,其總量成為上述範圍為較佳。When the coloring curable composition contains an alkali-soluble resin, the content of the alkali-soluble resin relative to the total solid content of the colored curable composition is preferably from 1 to 15% by mass, more preferably from 2 to 12% by mass, and more preferably 3 ~10% by mass is further preferred. The colored curable composition of the present invention may contain only one type of alkali-soluble resin, or may contain two or more types. In the case where two or more kinds of alkali-soluble resins are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably in the above range.

<<顏料衍生物>><<Pigment Derivative>>

本發明的著色硬化性組成物含有顏料衍生物為較佳。顏料衍生物為具有由酸性基、鹼性基或鄰苯二甲醯基取代有機顏料的一部分之結構之化合物為較佳。作為顏料衍生物,從分散性及分散穩定性的觀點來看,具有酸性基或鹼性基之顏料衍生物為較佳。具有鹼性基之顏料衍生物尤為佳。又,就上述樹脂(分散樹脂)與顏料衍生物的組合而言,樹脂為具有酸基之酸性型樹脂且顏料衍生物為具有鹼性基之組合為較佳。The colored curable composition of the present invention preferably contains a pigment derivative. The pigment derivative is preferably a compound having a structure in which a part of the organic pigment is substituted by an acidic group, a basic group or a phthalyl group. As the pigment derivative, a pigment derivative having an acidic group or a basic group is preferred from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. Pigment derivatives having a basic group are particularly preferred. Further, in the combination of the above resin (dispersion resin) and the pigment derivative, it is preferred that the resin is an acidic resin having an acid group and the pigment derivative is a combination having a basic group.

作為用於構成顏料衍生物的有機顏料,可以舉出二酮吡咯並吡咯系顏料、偶氮系顏料、酞菁系顏料、蒽醌系顏料、喹吖啶酮系顏料、二噁嗪系顏料、紫環酮系顏料、苝系顏料、硫靛系顏料、異吲哚啉系顏料、異吲哚啉酮系顏料、喹酞酮系顏料、士林系顏料、金屬錯合物系顏料等。Examples of the organic pigment constituting the pigment derivative include a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, an azo pigment, a phthalocyanine pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, a quinacridone pigment, and a dioxazine pigment. A purple ring ketone pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, a thioindole pigment, an isoporphyrin pigment, an isoindolinone pigment, a quinophthalone pigment, a Shilin pigment, a metal complex pigment, and the like.

又,作為顏料衍生物所具有之酸性基,磺酸基、羧酸基及其鹽為較佳,羧酸基及磺酸基為進一步較佳,磺酸基尤為佳。作為顏料衍生物所具有之鹼性基,胺基為較佳,三級胺基尤為佳。Further, as the acidic group of the pigment derivative, a sulfonic acid group, a carboxylic acid group and a salt thereof are preferred, and a carboxylic acid group and a sulfonic acid group are further preferred, and a sulfonic acid group is particularly preferred. As the basic group of the pigment derivative, an amine group is preferred, and a tertiary amine group is particularly preferred.

作為顏料衍生物,喹啉系、苯并咪唑酮系以及異吲哚啉系的顏料衍生物尤為佳,喹啉系以及苯并咪唑酮系的顏料衍生物為進一步較佳。具有下述結構之顏料衍生物尤為佳。As the pigment derivative, a quinoline-based, a benzimidazolone-based or an isoporphyrin-based pigment derivative is particularly preferable, and a quinoline-based or benzimidazolone-based pigment derivative is further preferable. A pigment derivative having the following structure is particularly preferred.

【化學式26】 [Chemical Formula 26]

通式(P)中,A表示選自下述通式(PA-1)~(PA-3)之結構,In the general formula (P), A represents a structure selected from the following general formulae (PA-1) to (PA-3).

B表示單鍵或(t+1)價的連接基團,B represents a single bond or a (t+1) valent linking group,

C表示單鍵、-NH-、-CONH-、-CO2 -、-SO2 NH-、-O-、-S-或-SO2 -,C represents a single bond, -NH-, -CONH-, -CO 2 -, -SO 2 NH-, -O-, -S- or -SO 2 -,

D表示單鍵、伸烷基或伸芳基,D represents a single bond, an alkyl group or an aryl group.

E表示-SO3 H或者其鹽、-CO2 H或者其鹽或-N(Rpa)(Rpb),E represents -SO 3 H or a salt thereof, -CO 2 H or a salt thereof or -N(Rpa)(Rpb),

Rpa以及Rpb分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基,Rpa以及Rpb亦可相互連接而形成環,Rpa and Rpb each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group, and Rpa and Rpb may be bonded to each other to form a ring.

t表示1~5的整數;t represents an integer from 1 to 5;

【化學式27】 [Chemical Formula 27]

通式(PA-1)~(PA-3)中,Rp1 表示碳原子數為1~5的烷基或芳基,In the general formulae (PA-1) to (PA-3), Rp 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.

Rp2 表示鹵素原子、烷基或羥基,Rp 2 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group or a hydroxyl group.

Rp3 表示單鍵、-NH-、-CONH-、-CO2 -、-SO2 NH-、-O-、-S-或-SO2 -,Rp 3 represents a single bond, -NH-, -CONH-, -CO 2 -, -SO 2 NH-, -O-, -S- or -SO 2 -,

s表示0~4的整數,在s為2以上時,多個Rp2 可以相同,亦可不同,s represents an integer of 0 to 4, and when s is 2 or more, a plurality of Rp 2 may be the same or different.

*表示與B的連接部。* indicates the connection to B.

Rp1 為甲基或苯基為較佳,甲基為最佳。Rp 1 is preferably a methyl group or a phenyl group, and a methyl group is most preferred.

Rp2 為鹵素原子為較佳,氯原子為最佳。Rp 2 is preferably a halogen atom, and the chlorine atom is most preferred.

通式(P)中,作為由B表示之(t+1)價的連接基團,例如可以舉出伸烷基、伸芳基以及伸雜芳基。作為伸烷基,可以舉出直鏈、支鏈、環狀。In the general formula (P), examples of the (t+1)-valent linking group represented by B include an alkylene group, an extended aryl group, and a heteroaryl group. Examples of the alkylene group include a linear chain, a branched chain, and a cyclic chain.

(t+1)價的連接基團為由下述結構式(PA-4)~(PA-9)表示之連接基團尤為佳。*表示與A以及C的連接部。The linking group of the (t+1) valence is particularly preferably a linking group represented by the following structural formulae (PA-4) to (PA-9). * indicates the connection with A and C.

【化學式28】 [Chemical Formula 28]

在結構式(PA-4)~(PA-9)中,具有由結構式(PA-5)或(PA-8)表示之連接基團之顏料衍生物的分散性更加優異,故作為B尤為佳。In the structural formulae (PA-4) to (PA-9), the pigment derivative having a linking group represented by the structural formula (PA-5) or (PA-8) is more excellent in dispersibility, and thus it is particularly preferable as B. good.

通式(P)中,作為由D表示之伸烷基以及伸芳基,例如可以舉出亞甲基、乙烯基、丙烯基、丁烯基、戊烯基、己烯基、癸烯基、環丙烯基、環丁烯基、環戊烯基、環己烯基、環辛烯基、環癸烯基、亞苯基、亞萘基等。在該些中,作為D,直鏈伸烷基為較佳,碳原子數1~5的直鏈伸烷基更為佳。In the general formula (P), examples of the alkylene group and the extended aryl group represented by D include a methylene group, a vinyl group, a propenyl group, a butenyl group, a pentenyl group, a hexenyl group, and a nonenyl group. Cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclodecenyl, phenylene, naphthylene, and the like. Among these, as D, a linear alkyl group is preferred, and a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferred.

通式(P)中,在E表示-N(Rpa)(Rpb)的情況下,作為Rpa以及Rpb中的烷基以及芳基,例如能夠舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、仲丁基、叔丁基、戊基、異戊基、新戊基、己基、辛基、癸基、環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環辛基、環癸基、苯基、萘基等。作為Rpa以及Rpb,直鏈或支鏈的烷基尤為佳,碳原子數為1~5的直鏈或支鏈的烷基為最佳。In the general formula (P), when E represents -N(Rpa)(Rpb), examples of the alkyl group and the aryl group in Rpa and Rpb include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and an isopropyl group. , butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, octyl, decyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, Cyclodecyl, phenyl, naphthyl and the like. As Rpa and Rpb, a linear or branched alkyl group is particularly preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is most preferable.

通式(P)中,在E表示-SO3 H的鹽或-CO2 H的鹽的情況下,作為形成鹽之原子或原子團,鋰原子、鈉原子、鉀原子等的鹼金屬、銨、四烷基銨等為較佳。In the general formula (P), when E represents a salt of -SO 3 H or a salt of -CO 2 H, an alkali metal or an ammonium atom such as a lithium atom, a sodium atom or a potassium atom is formed as an atom or a group of a salt. Tetraalkylammonium or the like is preferred.

上述t為1或2為較佳。It is preferred that t is 1 or 2.

以下示出顏料衍生物的具體例,但本發明係不限於該些者。Specific examples of the pigment derivative are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.

另外,作為顏料衍生物,能夠參閱日本特開2011-252065號公報的段落號0162~0183的記載,將該內容編入本說明書中。在以下的式中,Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,M表示氫原子或者形成鹽之原子或原子團。In addition, as a pigment derivative, the description of paragraphs 0162 to 0183 of JP-A-2011-252065 can be referred to, and the content is incorporated in the present specification. In the following formula, Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, and M represents a hydrogen atom or an atom or a group forming a salt.

【化學式29】 [Chemical Formula 29]

【化學式30】 [Chemical Formula 30]

【化學式31】 [Chemical Formula 31]

【化學式32】 [Chemical Formula 32]

本發明的著色硬化性組成物中的顏料衍生物相對於顏料的總質量之含量為1~30質量%為較佳,3~20質量%為進一步較佳。顏料衍生物可以僅使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。The content of the pigment derivative in the colored curable composition of the present invention is preferably from 1 to 30% by mass, and more preferably from 3 to 20% by mass, based on the total mass of the pigment. The pigment derivative may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

<<光聚合起始劑>><<Photopolymerization initiator>>

本發明的著色硬化性組成物可以進一步含有光聚合起始劑。The color hardening composition of the present invention may further contain a photopolymerization initiator.

作為光聚合起始劑,只要具有引發聚合性化合物的聚合的能力,則無特別的限制,可以從公知的光聚合起始劑中適當地進行選擇。例如對紫外線區域至可見光線具有感光性者為較佳。又,可以是與被光激發之增感劑產生某些作用而生成活性自由基之活性劑,亦可以是根據單體的種類而引發陽離子聚合之起始劑。The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate polymerization of the polymerizable compound, and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, it is preferred that the ultraviolet region has a sensitivity to visible light. Further, it may be an active agent which generates a living radical by some action with a photo-stimulated sensitizer, or may be an initiator which initiates cationic polymerization depending on the kind of the monomer.

又,光聚合起始劑至少含有1種在約300nm~800nm(330nm~500nm更為佳)的範圍內至少具有約50莫耳吸光係數之化合物為較佳。Further, the photopolymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having an absorption coefficient of at least about 50 moles in the range of about 300 nm to 800 nm (more preferably 330 nm to 500 nm).

作為光聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出鹵化烴衍生物(例如具有三嗪骨架者、具有噁二唑骨架者等)、醯基膦氧化物等醯基膦化合物、六芳基雙咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫代化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮等。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include a halogenated hydrocarbon derivative (for example, a triazine skeleton or a oxadiazole skeleton), a mercaptophosphine compound such as a mercaptophosphine oxide, or a hexaarylbisimidazole or an anthracene. An anthracene compound such as a derivative, an organic peroxide, a thio compound, a ketone compound, an aromatic onium salt, a ketoxime ether, an aminoacetophenone compound, or a hydroxyacetophenone.

又,從曝光感度的觀點來看,選自由三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、芐基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三烯丙基咪唑二聚物、鎓化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、鹵甲基噁二唑化合物、經3-芳基取代的香豆素化合物構成之群之化合物為較佳。Further, from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, it is selected from the group consisting of a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyldimethylketal compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, a mercaptophosphine compound, and a phosphine oxide compound. , metallocene compound, hydrazine compound, triallyl imidazole dimer, hydrazine compound, benzothiazole compound, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound and its derivative, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron mismatch A compound of the group consisting of a salt thereof, a halomethyl oxadiazole compound, and a 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compound is preferred.

三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、肟化合物、三烯丙基咪唑二聚物、鎓化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物為進一步較佳,選自由三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、肟化合物、三烯丙基咪唑二聚物、二苯甲酮化合物構成之群之至少一種化合物尤為佳。a trihalomethyltriazine compound, an α-amino ketone compound, a mercaptophosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, an anthraquinone compound, a triallyl imidazole dimer, an anthraquinone compound, a benzophenone compound, and an acetophenone compound are More preferably, at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a trihalomethyltriazine compound, an α-aminoketone compound, an anthraquinone compound, a triallyl imidazole dimer, and a benzophenone compound is particularly preferred.

尤其,在製造固體攝像元件的彩色濾光片時使用本發明的著色硬化性組成物之情況下,由於需要以尖細形狀形成微細圖案,因此硬化性和對未曝光部無殘渣的方式進行顯影比較重要。從該種觀點來看,作為光聚合起始劑而使用肟化合物尤為佳。尤其,在固體攝像元件中形成微細之圖案之情況下,硬化用曝光中使用步進機曝光裝置(曝光機),但是該曝光機有時會因鹵素而損傷,還需要將光聚合起始劑的添加量抑制得較低,因此考慮到該點,在形成固體攝像元件等的微細圖案時,作為光聚合起始劑而使用肟化合物尤為佳。又,藉由使用肟化合物而能夠更優化移染性。In particular, when the colored curable composition of the present invention is used in the production of a color filter of a solid-state image sensor, it is necessary to form a fine pattern in a tapered shape, so that curing is performed and development is performed without residue on the unexposed portion. More important. From such a viewpoint, it is particularly preferable to use a ruthenium compound as a photopolymerization initiator. In particular, when a fine pattern is formed in a solid-state image sensor, a stepper exposure apparatus (exposure machine) is used for curing exposure, but the exposure machine may be damaged by halogen, and a photopolymerization initiator is also required. In view of this, it is particularly preferable to use a ruthenium compound as a photopolymerization initiator when forming a fine pattern such as a solid-state image sensor. Further, the transferability can be more optimized by using a ruthenium compound.

作為光聚合起始劑的具體例,例如可以參閱日本特開2013-29760號公報的段落號0265~0268,將該內容編入本說明書中。Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator can be referred to, for example, in paragraphs 0265 to 0268 of JP-A-2013-29760.

作為光聚合起始劑,能夠適當地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如亦可以使用日本特開平10-291969號公報中記載的胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、專利第4225898號公報中記載的醯基膦系起始劑。As the photopolymerization initiator, a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and a mercaptophosphine compound can be suitably used. More specifically, for example, an aminoacetophenone-based initiator described in JP-A-10-291969 and a mercaptophosphine-based initiator described in Patent No. 4,258,899 can be used.

作為羥基苯乙酮系起始劑,可以使用IRGACURE-184、DAROCUR-1173、IRGACURE-500、IRGACURE-2959,IRGACURE-127(商品名稱:均為BASF SE製造)。As the hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE-127 (trade name: all manufactured by BASF SE) can be used.

作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,可以使用作為市售品之IRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369及IRGACURE-379(商品名稱:均為BASF SE製造)。胺基苯乙酮系起始劑亦可使用吸收波長與365nm或405nm等長波光源匹配之日本特開2009-191179公報中記載的化合物。As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF SE) which are commercially available can be used. The amine acetophenone-based initiator may also be a compound described in JP-A-2009-191179, which has an absorption wavelength matched with a long-wavelength light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm.

作為醯基膦系起始劑,可以使用市售品之IRGACURE-819、DAROCUR-TPO(商品名稱:均為BASF SE製造)。As the mercaptophosphine-based initiator, commercially available products IRGACURE-819 and DAROCUR-TPO (trade names: all manufactured by BASF SE) can be used.

作為光聚合起始劑,可以更為較佳地舉出肟化合物。As the photopolymerization initiator, a ruthenium compound can be more preferably mentioned.

作為肟化合物的具體例,可以使用日本特開2001-233842號公報記載的化合物、日本特開2000-80068號公報記載的化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報記載的化合物。As a specific example of the ruthenium compound, a compound described in JP-A-2001-233842, a compound described in JP-A-2000-80068, and a compound described in JP-A-2006-342166 can be used.

作為能夠適合使用於本發明之肟化合物,例如可以舉出3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2酮及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。Examples of the ruthenium compound which can be suitably used in the present invention include 3-benzylideneoxyimidobutan-2-one, 3-ethyloxyiminobutane-2-one, and 3- Propyl methoxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxymethoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-ethyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-Benzyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutane-2one and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxy Amino-1-phenylpropan-1-one and the like.

又,亦可以舉出J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年)pp.1653-1660、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年)pp.156-162、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年)pp.202-232、日本特開2000-66385號公報記載的化合物、日本特開2000-80068號公報、日本專利公表2004-534797號公報、日本特開2006-342166號公報等各公報中記載的化合物等。Further, JCS Perkin II (1979) pp. 1653-1660, JCS Perkin II (1979) pp. 156-162, Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995) pp. 202-232, and Japanese specials are also cited. The compound described in each of the publications such as JP-A-2000-80068, JP-A-2000-80068, and JP-A-2006-342166, and the like.

市售品中亦可適當地使用IRGACURE-OXE01(BASF SE製造)、IRGACURE-OXE02(BASF SE製造)。又,亦可使用TR-PBG-304(CHANGZHOU TRONLY NEW ELECTRONIC MATERIALS CO.,LTD.製造)、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831及ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930(ADEKA Corporation製造)。IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF SE) and IRGACURE-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF SE) can also be suitably used in the commercial product. Further, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by CHANGZHOU TRONLY NEW ELECTRONIC MATERIALS CO., LTD.), ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831, and ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) can also be used.

又,作為上述記載以外的肟化合物,亦可使用肟連接於咔唑N位之日本專利公表2009-519904號公報中記載的化合物、在二苯甲酮部位導入有雜取代基之美國專利第7626957號公報中記載的化合物、在色素部位導入有硝基之日本特開2010-15025號公報及美國特開2009-292039號中記載的化合物、国際揭示專利2009-131189號公報中記載的酮肟化合物、在同一分子內含有三嗪骨架和肟骨架之在美國專利7556910號公報中記載的化合物、具有405nm的最大吸收,且對g線光源具有良好的感度之日本特開2009-221114號公報記載的化合物等。In addition, as the ruthenium compound other than the above-mentioned description, a compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2009-519904, which is attached to the N-position of carbazole, and a U.S. Patent No. 7,626,957 in which a hetero substituent is introduced at a benzophenone site can be used. The compound described in the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-15025, and the ketone oxime compound described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2009-131189. The compound described in U.S. Patent No. 7,556,910, which contains a triazine skeleton and an anthracene skeleton in the same molecule, has a maximum absorption of 405 nm, and has a good sensitivity to a g-line light source, as described in JP-A-2009-221114. Compounds, etc.

較佳為例如可以參閱日本特開2013-29760號公報的段落號0274~0275,將該內容編入本說明書中。For example, it is preferable to refer to paragraphs 0274 to 0725 of JP-A-2013-29760, and the contents are incorporated in the present specification.

具體而言,作為肟化合物,由下述式(OX-1)表示之化合物為較佳。另外,肟的N-O鍵可以為(E)體的肟化合物,亦可以為(Z)體的肟化合物,亦可以為(E)體與(Z)體的混合物。Specifically, as the hydrazine compound, a compound represented by the following formula (OX-1) is preferred. Further, the N-O bond of ruthenium may be an oxime compound of the (E) form, a ruthenium compound of the (Z) form, or a mixture of the (E) form and the (Z) form.

【化學式33】 [Chemical Formula 33]

在通式(OX-1)中,R及B分別獨立地表示一價取代基,A表示二價有機基,Ar表示芳基。In the formula (OX-1), R and B each independently represent a monovalent substituent, A represents a divalent organic group, and Ar represents an aryl group.

在通式(OX-1)中,作為由R表示之一價取代基,一價非金屬原子團為較佳。In the general formula (OX-1), as the monovalent substituent represented by R, a monovalent non-metal atomic group is preferred.

作為一價的非金屬原子團,可以舉出烷基、芳基、醯基、烷氧羰基、芳氧基羰基、雜環基、烷硫基羰基、芳硫基羰基等。又,該些基團亦可具有1個以上的取代基。又,前述取代基亦可以進一步被其他取代基取代。The monovalent non-metal atomic group may, for example, be an alkyl group, an aryl group, a decyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkylthiocarbonyl group or an arylthiocarbonyl group. Further, these groups may have one or more substituents. Further, the above substituent may be further substituted with another substituent.

作為取代基,可以舉出鹵素原子、芳氧基、烷氧基羰基或芳氧基羰基、醯氧基、醯基、烷基、芳基等。The substituent may, for example, be a halogen atom, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or an aryloxycarbonyl group, a decyloxy group, a decyl group, an alkyl group or an aryl group.

在通式(OX-1)中,作為由B表示之一價取代基,芳基、雜環基、芳基羰基或雜環羰基為較佳。該些基團亦可以具有1個以上的取代基。作為取代基,可例示前述取代基。In the formula (OX-1), as the monovalent substituent represented by B, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an arylcarbonyl group or a heterocyclic carbonyl group is preferred. These groups may have one or more substituents. The substituent may be exemplified as the substituent.

在通式(OX-1)中,作為由A表示之二價有機基,碳原子數為1~12的伸烷基、環伸烷基、亞炔基為較佳。該些基團亦可以具有1個以上的取代基。作為取代基,能夠例示前述取代基。In the general formula (OX-1), as the divalent organic group represented by A, an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, a cycloalkylene group or an alkynylene group is preferred. These groups may have one or more substituents. The substituent may be exemplified as the substituent.

由通式(OX-1)表示之化合物的具體例如下表示,但是本發明並非係限定於該等者。Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (OX-1) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.

【化學式34】 [Chemical Formula 34]

肟化合物為在350nm~500nm的波長區域具有極大吸收波長者為較佳,在360nm~480nm的波長區域具有吸收波長者更為佳,365nm及405nm的吸光度較高者尤為佳。The ruthenium compound is preferably one having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength region of from 350 nm to 500 nm, more preferably having an absorption wavelength in a wavelength region of from 360 nm to 480 nm, and particularly preferably having a higher absorbance at 365 nm and 405 nm.

肟化合物中,從感度的觀點來看,365nm或405nm中之莫耳吸光係數為1,000~300,000為較佳,2,000~300,000更為佳,5,000~200,000尤為佳。Among the ruthenium compounds, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, the molar absorption coefficient at 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably from 1,000 to 300,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 300,000, particularly preferably from 5,000 to 200,000.

化合物的莫耳吸光係數可使用公知的方法,例如由紫外可見分光光度計(Varian公司製造的Cary-5 spctrophotometer),並使用乙酸乙酯溶劑,以0.01g/L的濃度進行測定為較佳。The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be preferably measured by a known method, for example, by an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spctrophotometer manufactured by Varian Co., Ltd.) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.

使用於本發明之光聚合起始劑,亦可根據需要而組合2種以上進行使用。The photopolymerization initiator to be used in the present invention may be used in combination of two or more kinds as needed.

在本發明的著色硬化性組成物含有光聚合起始劑之情況下,光聚合起始劑相對於著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分之含量為0.1~50質量%為較佳,0.5~30質量%為更加,1~20質量%為進一步較佳。在該範圍下,可以得到更加良好的感度和圖案形成性。In the case where the colored curable composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerization initiator, the content of the photopolymerization initiator relative to the total solid content of the colored curable composition is preferably from 0.1 to 50% by mass, preferably from 0.5 to 30. The mass % is more, and 1 to 20% by mass is further more preferable. Within this range, more excellent sensitivity and pattern formation can be obtained.

又,在本發明的著色硬化性組成物用於乾式蝕刻的情況下,還能夠設為實質上不含有光聚合起始劑之組成。在實質上不含有光聚合起始劑的情況下,光聚合起始劑相對於本發明的著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分之含量為1質量%以下為較佳,0.1質量%以下更為佳,0質量%尤為佳。Moreover, when the colored curable composition of the present invention is used for dry etching, it can also be a composition which does not substantially contain a photopolymerization initiator. In the case where the photopolymerization initiator is not substantially contained, the content of the total amount of the total solid content of the photopolymerizable composition of the coloring curable composition of the present invention is preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.1% by mass or less. Good, 0% by mass is especially good.

本發明的組成物可以僅含有1種光聚合起始劑,亦可以含有2種以上。在含有2種以上光聚合起始劑之情況下,其總量成為上述範圍為較佳。The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of photopolymerization initiator, or may contain two or more types. In the case where two or more kinds of photopolymerization initiators are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably in the above range.

<<聚合抑制劑>><<Polymerization inhibitor>>

在本發明的著色硬化性組成物中,為了在著色硬化性組成物的製造中或保存中阻止聚合性化合物的不需要的熱聚合,理想的是添加少量的聚合抑制劑。In the color hardening composition of the present invention, in order to prevent unnecessary thermal polymerization of the polymerizable compound during production or storage of the colored curable composition, it is preferred to add a small amount of a polymerization inhibitor.

作為聚合抑制劑,可以舉出對苯二酚、對甲氧基苯酚、二-叔丁基對甲酚、鄰苯三酚、叔丁基鄰苯二酚、苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-叔丁基苯酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-叔丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基苯基羥胺第一鈰鹽等。Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butyl catechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-sulfur. Di-bis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine first Salt and so on.

在本發明的著色硬化性組成物含有聚合抑制劑之情況下,聚合抑制劑相對於著色硬化性組成物的質量之含量為約0.01~5質量%為較佳。In the case where the colored curable composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor relative to the mass of the colored curable composition is preferably from about 0.01 to 5% by mass.

本發明的著色硬化性組成物可以僅含有1種聚合抑制劑,亦可以含有2種以上。在含有2種以上聚合抑制劑之情況下,其總量成為上述範圍為較佳。The colored curable composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymerization inhibitor, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of polymerization inhibitors are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably in the above range.

<<界面活性劑>><<Interfacial active agent>>

從進一步提高塗佈性之觀點來看,亦可以向本發明的著色硬化性組成物中添加各種界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,可以使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、矽酮系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。From the viewpoint of further improving the coatability, various surfactants may be added to the colored curable composition of the present invention. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and an anthrone-based surfactant can be used.

例如,藉由含有氟系界面活性劑,製備成塗佈液時的液體特性(尤其流動性)進一步提高。亦即,在使用含有氟系界面活性劑之著色硬化性組成物而形成膜之情況下,藉由使被塗佈面與塗佈液之間的界面張力減小,對被塗佈面的潤濕性得到改善,對被塗佈面的塗佈性提高。因此,即使在以少量的液體量形成數μm程度的薄膜時,亦可以進一步適當地進行厚度不均較小且均一厚度的膜形成就該點而言是有效的。For example, when a coating liquid is prepared by containing a fluorine-based surfactant, liquid characteristics (especially fluidity) at the time of preparation of a coating liquid are further improved. In other words, when a film is formed using a color-curable composition containing a fluorine-based surfactant, the interface tension between the surface to be coated and the coating liquid is reduced, and the surface to be coated is moistened. The wettability is improved, and the coatability to the coated surface is improved. Therefore, even when a film having a thickness of about several μm is formed with a small amount of liquid, it is effective to further appropriately form a film having a small thickness unevenness and a uniform thickness.

氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率為3~40質量%為較佳,5~30質量%更為佳,7~25質量%尤為佳。氟含有率為該範圍內之氟系界面活性劑在塗佈膜的厚度均一性、省液性方面是有效的,且著色硬化性組成物中之溶解性亦良好。The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably from 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably from 5 to 30% by mass, particularly preferably from 7 to 25% by mass. The fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content in this range is effective in thickness uniformity and liquid-saving property of the coating film, and the solubility in the colored curable composition is also good.

作為氟系界面活性劑,例如可以舉出:MEGAFAC F171、MEGAFAC F172、MEGAFAC F173、MEGAFAC F176、MEGAFAC F177、MEGAFAC F141、MEGAFAC F142、MEGAFAC F143、MEGAFAC F144、MEGAFAC R30、MEGAFAC F437、MEGAFAC F475、MEGAFAC F479、MEGAFAC F482、MEGAFAC F554、MEGAFAC F780、MEGAFAC F781、MEGAFAC F781F(以上,DIC Corporation製造);FLUORAD FC430、FLUORAD FC431、FLUORAD FC171(以上,SUMITOMO 3M Limited製造);SURFLON S-382、SURFLON SC-101、SURFLON SC-103、SURFLON SC-104、SURFLON SC-105、SURFLON SC1068、SURFLON SC-381、SURFLON SC-383、SURFLON S393、SURFLON KH-40(以上,ASAHI GLASS CO.,LTD.製造);PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製造)等。Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include MEGAFAC F171, MEGAFAC F172, MEGAFAC F173, MEGAFAC F176, MEGAFAC F177, MEGAFAC F141, MEGAFAC F142, MEGAFAC F143, MEGAFAC F144, MEGAFAC R30, MEGAFAC F437, MEGAFAC F475, and MEGAFAC F479. , MEGAFAC F482, MEGAFAC F554, MEGAFAC F780, MEGAFAC F781, MEGAFAC F781F (above, manufactured by DIC Corporation); FLUORAD FC430, FLUORAD FC431, FLUORAD FC171 (above, manufactured by SUMITOMO 3M Limited); SURFLON S-382, SURFLON SC-101, SURFLON SC-103, SURFLON SC-104, SURFLON SC-105, SURFLON SC1068, SURFLON SC-381, SURFLON SC-383, SURFLON S393, SURFLON KH-40 (above, manufactured by ASAHI GLASS CO., LTD.); PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc.), and the like.

作為氟系界面活性劑亦可以使用嵌段聚合物,作為具體例,例如可以舉出在日本特開2011-89090號公報中記載之化合物。As the fluorine-based surfactant, a block polymer can also be used. Specific examples thereof include a compound described in JP-A-2011-89090.

作為非離子系界面活性劑,具體可以舉出甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷及該等之乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如丙氧基化甘油、乙氧基化甘油等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油烯基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯(BASF SE製造的PLURONIC L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2、TETRONIC 304、701、704、901、904、150R1)、SOLSPERSE 20000(LUBRIZOL JAPAN ,LTD.)等。又,亦可使用TAKEMOTO OIL&FAT CO.,LTD.製造的PIONIN D-6112-W。Specific examples of the nonionic surfactant include glycerin, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and the like, and ethoxylates and propoxylates (for example, propoxylated glycerin, ethoxylate). Glycerol, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol Dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester (PLURONIC L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2, TETRONIC 304, 701, 704, 901 manufactured by BASF SE) , 904, 150R1), SOLSPERSE 20000 (LUBRIZOL JAPAN, LTD.), and the like. Further, PIONIN D-6112-W manufactured by TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO., LTD. can also be used.

作為陽離子系界面活性劑,具體而言,可以舉出酞菁衍生物(商品名稱:EFKA-745、MORISHITA & CO.,LTD.製造)、有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、(甲基)丙烯酸系(共)聚合物POLYFLOW No.75、No.90、No.95(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造)、W001(YUSHOCO.,LTD.製造)等。Specific examples of the cation-based surfactant include a phthalocyanine derivative (trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by MORISHITA & CO., LTD.), and an organic siloxane polymer KP341 (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.). (manufactured by Ltd.), (meth)acrylic (co)polymers POLYFLOW No. 75, No. 90, No. 95 (manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL CO., LTD.), W001 (manufactured by YUSHOCO., LTD.), etc. .

作為陰離子系界面活性劑,具體可以舉出W004、W005、W017(YUSHOCO.,LTD.製造)等。Specific examples of the anionic surfactant include W004, W005, and W017 (manufactured by YUSHOCO., LTD.).

作為矽酮系界面活性劑,例如可以舉出:DOW CORNING TORAY CO.,LTD.製造的“TORAY SILICONE DC3PA”、“TORAY SILICONE SH7PA”、“TORAY SILICONE DC11PA”、“TORAY SILICONE SH21PA”、“TORAY SILICONE SH28PA”、“TORAY SILICONE SH29PA”、“TORAY SILICONE SH30PA”、“TORAY SILICONE SH8400”;MOMENTIVE PERFORMANCE MATERIALS Inc.製造的“TSF-4440”、“TSF-4300”、“TSF-4445”、“TSF-4460”、“TSF-4452”; Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造的“KP341”、“KF6001”、“KF6002”;BYK Chemie CO.,LTD.製造的“BYK307”、“BYK323”、“BYK330”等。Examples of the anthrone-based surfactants include "TORAY SILICONE DC3PA", "TORAY SILICONE SH7PA", "TORAY SILICONE DC11PA", "TORAY SILICONE SH21PA", and "TORAY SILICONE" manufactured by DOW CORNING TORAY CO., LTD. SH28PA", "TORAY SILICONE SH29PA", "TORAY SILICONE SH30PA", "TORAY SILICONE SH8400"; "TSF-4440", "TSF-4300", "TSF-4445", "TSF-4460" manufactured by MOMENTIVE PERFORMANCE MATERIALS Inc. ""TSF-4452"; "KP341", "KF6001", "KF6002" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.; "BYK307", "BYK323", "BYK330" manufactured by BYK Chemie CO., LTD. "Wait.

在本發明的著色硬化性組成物含有界面活性劑之情況下,界面活性劑相對於著色硬化性組成物的總質量之含量為0.001~2.0質量%為較佳,0.005~1.0質量%更為佳。In the case where the colored curable composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant to the total mass of the colored curable composition is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass. .

本發明的著色硬化性組成物可以僅含有1種界面活性劑,亦可以含有2種以上。在含有2種以上界面活性劑之情況下,其總量成為上述範圍為較佳。The colored curable composition of the present invention may contain only one type of surfactant, or may contain two or more types. In the case where two or more kinds of surfactants are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably in the above range.

<<矽烷偶合劑>><<decane coupling agent>>

本發明的著色硬化性組成物可以含有矽烷偶合劑。The color hardening composition of the present invention may contain a decane coupling agent.

作為矽烷偶合劑,在一個分子中具有至少2種反應性不同之官能基之矽烷化合物亦為較佳,作為官能基而具有胺基和烷氧基者尤為佳。作為該種矽烷偶合劑,例如有N-β-胺基乙基-γ-胺基丙基-甲基二甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造,商品名稱 KBM-602)、N-β-胺基乙基-γ-胺基丙基-三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造,商品名稱 KBM-603)、N-β-胺基乙基-γ-胺基丙基-三乙氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造,商品名稱 KBE-602)、γ-胺基丙基-三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造,商品名稱 KBM-903)、γ-胺基丙基-三乙氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造,商品名稱,KBE-903)、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造,商品名稱,KBM-503)等。關於矽烷偶合劑的詳細內容,可以參閱日本特開2013-254047號公報的段落號0155~0158的記載,將該內容編入本說明書中。As the decane coupling agent, a decane compound having at least two functional groups having different reactivity in one molecule is also preferable, and an amine group and an alkoxy group are particularly preferable as the functional group. As such a decane coupling agent, for example, N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyl-methyldimethoxydecane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-602) is available. N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyl-trimethoxydecane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-603), N-β-aminoethyl-γ -Aminopropyl-triethoxydecane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-602), γ-aminopropyl-trimethoxydecane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) Manufactured, trade name KBM-903), γ-aminopropyl-triethoxydecane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name, KBE-903), 3-methacryloxyloxy group Propyltrimethoxydecane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name, KBM-503) and the like. For the details of the decane coupling agent, the descriptions of paragraphs 0155 to 0158 of JP-A-2013-254047 are incorporated herein by reference.

在本發明的著色硬化性組成物含有矽烷偶合劑之情況下,矽烷偶合劑相對於著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分之含量為0.001~20質量%為較佳,0.01~10質量%更為佳,0.1質量%~5質量%尤為佳。In the case where the colored curable composition of the present invention contains a decane coupling agent, the content of the decane coupling agent to the total solid content of the colored curable composition is preferably 0.001 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass. Preferably, 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass is particularly preferred.

本發明的著色硬化性組成物可以僅含有1種矽烷偶合劑,亦可以含有2種以上。在含有2種以上矽烷偶合劑之情況下,其總量成為上述範圍為較佳。The colored curable composition of the present invention may contain only one type of decane coupling agent, or may contain two or more types. In the case where two or more kinds of decane coupling agents are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably in the above range.

<<其他添加劑>><<Other additives>>

在本發明的著色硬化性組成物中,可以根據需要而能夠配合各種添加物,例如填充劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、凝集抑制劑等。作為該些添加物,可以舉出日本特開2004-295116號公報的段落號0155~0156中記載者,將該些內容編入本說明書中。In the color hardening composition of the present invention, various additives such as a filler, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, a coagulation inhibitor, and the like can be blended as needed. The above-mentioned additives are described in paragraphs 0155 to 0156 of JP-A-2004-295116, and the contents are incorporated in the present specification.

在本發明的著色硬化性組成物中,能夠含有在日本特開2004-295116號公報的段落號0078中記載的增感劑和光穩定劑、在前述公報的段落號0081中記載的熱聚合抑制劑。In the coloring-curable composition of the present invention, the sensitizer and the light stabilizer described in paragraph 0078 of JP-A-2004-295116, and the thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0081 of the above publication can be contained. .

<著色硬化性組成物的製備方法><Method for Preparing Colored Curable Composition>

本發明的著色硬化性組成物藉由混合前述成分而製備。The color hardening composition of the present invention is prepared by mixing the above components.

在製備著色硬化性組成物時,可以統一配合構成著色硬化性組成物之各成分,亦可以在將各成分溶解和分散於溶劑中之後逐次進行配合。又,配合時的放入順序、作業條件不受特別制約。例如可以將所有成分同時溶解、分散於溶劑中而製備組成物,根據需要,亦可以事先將各成分適當地製成2種以上的溶液或分散液,並在使用時(塗佈時)將該些進行混合而製備組成物。In the preparation of the colored curable composition, the components constituting the colored curable composition may be uniformly blended, or may be blended one by one after the components are dissolved and dispersed in a solvent. Moreover, the order of placement and the working conditions at the time of fitting are not particularly restricted. For example, all the components may be simultaneously dissolved and dispersed in a solvent to prepare a composition, and if necessary, each component may be appropriately prepared into two or more kinds of solutions or dispersions, and when used (at the time of coating), These were mixed to prepare a composition.

以去除異物和減少缺陷等目的,本發明的著色硬化性組成物用過濾器進行過濾為較佳。作為過濾器,只要是先前用於過濾用途等者,則可以無特別的限定地使用。例如可以舉出由聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)等氟樹脂、尼龍-6、尼龍-6,6等聚醯胺系樹脂、聚乙烯、聚丙烯(PP)等聚烯烴樹脂(包含高密度、超高分子量)等構成之過濾器。該些原材料中聚丙烯(包含高密度聚丙烯)為較佳。The colored hardenable composition of the present invention is preferably filtered by a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matter and reducing defects. The filter can be used without particular limitation as long as it is used for filtration purposes or the like. For example, a fluororesin such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a polyamide resin such as nylon-6 or nylon-6, 6, a polyolefin resin such as polyethylene or polypropylene (PP) (including high density and super) may be mentioned. A filter composed of a high molecular weight or the like. Among these raw materials, polypropylene (including high density polypropylene) is preferred.

過濾器的孔徑為0.01~7.0μm左右比較合適,0.01~3.0μm左右為較佳,0.05~0.5μm左右為進一步較佳。藉由設為該範圍,在後續製程中能夠可靠地去除阻礙均一且順利地製備著色硬化性組成物之微細的異物。The pore diameter of the filter is preferably about 0.01 to 7.0 μm, preferably about 0.01 to 3.0 μm, and more preferably about 0.05 to 0.5 μm. By setting this range, it is possible to reliably remove fine foreign matter which hinders uniform and smooth preparation of the colored curable composition in the subsequent process.

在使用過濾器時,亦可以組合不同的過濾器來使用。此時,利用第1過濾器可以僅進行1次過濾,亦可以進行2次以上。When using a filter, it is also possible to combine different filters for use. In this case, the first filter may be used for filtration only once or twice or more.

又,亦可以在上述範圍內組合不同孔徑的第1過濾器。此處的孔徑可參閱過濾器製造商的標稱值。作為市售的過濾器,例如能夠從NIHON PALL LTD.、ADVANTECH TOYO KAISHA,LTD.、NIHON ENTEGRIS K.K.(Mykrolis Corporation)或KITZ MICROFILTER CORPORATION 等提供之各種過濾器中選擇。Further, the first filter having a different pore diameter may be combined within the above range. The aperture here can be found in the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. As a commercially available filter, for example, it can be selected from various filters provided by NIHON PALL LTD., ADVANTECH TOYO KAISHA, LTD., NIHON ENTEGRIS K.K. (Mykrolis Corporation), or KITZ MICROFILTER CORPORATION.

第2過濾器可使用由與上述第1過濾器相同材料等形成者。The second filter can be formed of the same material or the like as the first filter described above.

例如利用第1過濾器的過濾僅由分散液進行,亦可以在混合其他成分之後,進行第2過濾。For example, the filtration by the first filter may be performed only by the dispersion, or the second filtration may be performed after mixing the other components.

由於本發明的著色硬化性組成物能夠形成耐光性、移染性、平坦性良好的硬化膜,因此可適合用於形成彩色濾光片的著色層。又,本發明的著色硬化性組成物可適合用於形成電荷耦合器件(CCD)、互補式金屬氧化物半導體(CMOS)等固體攝像元件、及液晶顯示裝置等圖像顯示裝置中使用之彩色濾光片等的著色圖案之用途。另外,亦可適合用於製作印刷油墨、噴墨油墨及塗料等用途。其中,可適合用於CCD及CMOS等固體攝像元件用的彩色濾光片的製造。Since the colored curable composition of the present invention can form a cured film excellent in light resistance, transfer property, and flatness, it can be suitably used for forming a coloring layer of a color filter. Further, the colored curable composition of the present invention can be suitably used for forming a solid-state imaging device such as a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), and a color filter used in an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device. The use of colored patterns such as light sheets. In addition, it is also suitable for use in printing inks, inkjet inks, and coatings. Among them, it is suitable for use in the manufacture of color filters for solid-state imaging devices such as CCDs and CMOSs.

<彩色濾光片、圖案形成方法、彩色濾光片的製造方法><Color filter, pattern forming method, and method of manufacturing color filter>

接著,關於本發明的彩色濾光片、圖案形成方法以及關於彩色濾光片的製造方法進行詳述。又,對使用了本發明的圖案形成方法之彩色濾光片的製造方法亦進行說明。Next, the color filter, the pattern forming method, and the method of manufacturing the color filter of the present invention will be described in detail. Further, a method of manufacturing a color filter using the pattern forming method of the present invention will also be described.

本發明的彩色濾光片使用本發明的著色硬化性組成物而成。The color filter of the present invention is obtained by using the colored curable composition of the present invention.

本發明的圖案形成方法中,使用本發明的著色硬化性組成物在支撐體上形成著色硬化性組成物層,並去除不需要部分而形成著色圖案。In the pattern forming method of the present invention, the colored curable composition layer of the present invention is used to form a colored curable composition layer on a support, and an unnecessary portion is removed to form a colored pattern.

本發明的圖案形成方法能夠較佳地應用於形成彩色濾光片的著色圖案。The pattern forming method of the present invention can be preferably applied to a colored pattern forming a color filter.

本發明的圖案形成方法可以藉由所謂光刻法形成圖案,亦可以藉由乾式蝕刻法形成圖案。The pattern forming method of the present invention may be patterned by a so-called photolithography method, or may be patterned by a dry etching method.

亦即,本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法的第一態様包括:用本發明的著色硬化性組成物,在支撐體上形成著色硬化性組成物層之製程;將著色硬化性組成物層曝光成圖案狀之製程;及對未曝光部進行顯影去除而形成著色圖案之製程。根據需要,亦可以設定將著色硬化性組成物層進行烘烤之製程(預烘烤製程)、及將顯影之著色圖案進行烘烤之製程(後烘烤製程)。That is, the first aspect of the method for producing a color filter of the present invention includes a process of forming a colored curable composition layer on a support by using the colored curable composition of the present invention; and a colored curable composition layer a process of exposing to a pattern; and a process of developing and removing the unexposed part to form a colored pattern. If necessary, a process of baking the colored curable composition layer (prebaking process) and a process of baking the developed coloring pattern (post-baking process) may be also set.

又,本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法的第二態様包括:使用本發明的著色硬化性組成物,在支撐體上形成著色硬化性組成物層,並進行硬化而形成著色層之製程;在著色層上形成光阻層之製程;藉由曝光及顯影,將光阻層圖案化而獲得抗蝕圖案之製程;及將抗蝕圖案作為蝕刻遮罩,對著色層進行乾式蝕刻,從而形成著色圖案之製程。Moreover, the second aspect of the method for producing a color filter of the present invention includes a process of forming a colored layer of a colored curable composition on a support by using the colored curable composition of the present invention, and curing to form a colored layer; a process of forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer; patterning the photoresist layer by exposure and development to obtain a resist pattern; and using the resist pattern as an etch mask, dry etching the colored layer to form The process of coloring patterns.

本發明的彩色濾光片能夠藉由上述製造方法較佳地得到。以下,對該等進行詳述。The color filter of the present invention can be preferably obtained by the above-described production method. Hereinafter, the details will be described.

<<形成著色硬化性組成物層之製程>><<Process for forming a color hardening composition layer>>

在形成著色硬化性組成物層之製程中,使用本發明的著色硬化性組成物在支撐體上形成著色硬化性組成物層。In the process of forming the colored curable composition layer, the colored curable composition layer of the present invention is used to form a colored curable composition layer on the support.

作為支撐體,例如能夠使用在基板(例如矽基板)上設置有CCD、CMOS等固體攝像元件(受光元件)之固體攝像元件用基板。As the support, for example, a substrate for a solid-state imaging device in which a solid-state imaging device (light-receiving element) such as a CCD or a CMOS is provided on a substrate (for example, a germanium substrate) can be used.

作為本發明中之著色圖案,可以形成於固體攝像元件用基板的固體攝像元件形成面側(表面),亦可以形成於固體攝像元件非形成面側(背面)。The colored pattern in the present invention may be formed on the solid-state imaging device forming surface side (surface) of the solid-state imaging device substrate, or may be formed on the solid-state imaging device non-forming surface side (back surface).

根據需要,為了改善與上部層的密合、防止物質的拡散或實現基板表面的平坦化,亦可以在支撐體上設置下塗層。If necessary, in order to improve the adhesion to the upper layer, prevent the scattering of the substance, or achieve flattening of the surface of the substrate, an undercoat layer may be provided on the support.

作為在支撐體上適用本發明的著色硬化性組成物的方法,可使用狹縫塗佈、噴墨法、旋轉塗佈、流延塗佈、輥塗佈、絲網印刷法等各種方法。As a method of applying the color hardening composition of the present invention to a support, various methods such as slit coating, inkjet method, spin coating, cast coating, roll coating, and screen printing can be used.

適用於支撐體上之著色硬化性組成物層的乾燥(預烘烤),可以用加熱板、烘箱等在50~140℃的溫度下進行10~300秒。The drying (prebaking) of the colored hardening composition layer applied to the support can be carried out at a temperature of 50 to 140 ° C for 10 to 300 seconds using a hot plate, an oven or the like.

<<藉由光刻法形成圖案的情況(第一態樣)>><<The case of forming a pattern by photolithography (first aspect)>>

<<<曝光製程>>><<<Exposure Process>>>

接著,將形成於支撐體上之著色硬化性組成物層呈圖案狀進行曝光(曝光製程)。例如對形成於支撐體上之著色硬化性組成物層,使用步進機等曝光裝置,經由具有規定的遮罩圖案之遮罩進行曝光,藉此能夠進行圖案曝光。藉此能夠使曝光部分硬化。Next, the colored curable composition layer formed on the support is exposed in a pattern (exposure process). For example, the coloring-curable composition layer formed on the support can be exposed by exposure using a mask having a predetermined mask pattern by using an exposure apparatus such as a stepper. Thereby, the exposed portion can be hardened.

作為可以在曝光時使用之放射線(光),使用g線、i線等紫外線為較佳(i線尤為佳)。照射量(曝光量)例如為30~1500mJ/cm2 為較佳,50~1000mJ/cm2 更為佳,80~500mJ/cm2 為最佳。As the radiation (light) which can be used for exposure, it is preferable to use ultraviolet rays such as g-line or i-line (i-line is particularly preferable). The irradiation amount (exposure amount) is preferably, for example, 30 to 1,500 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably 50 to 1000 mJ/cm 2 , and most preferably 80 to 500 mJ/cm 2 .

硬化膜的膜厚為1.0μm以下為較佳,0.1~0.9μm更為佳,0.2~0.8μm為進一步較佳。藉由將膜厚設為1.0μm以下,容易獲得高解析度、高密合性。The thickness of the cured film is preferably 1.0 μm or less, more preferably 0.1 to 0.9 μm, and still more preferably 0.2 to 0.8 μm. By setting the film thickness to 1.0 μm or less, it is easy to obtain high resolution and high adhesion.

<<<圖案形成製程>>><<<pattern forming process>>>

接著,將未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案(圖案形成製程)。未曝光部的顯影去除可以使用顯影液而進行。藉此,曝光製程中之未曝光部的著色硬化性組成物層溶出於顯影液,僅殘留光硬化之部分。Next, the unexposed portion is developed and removed to form a colored pattern (pattern forming process). The development removal of the unexposed portion can be performed using a developer. Thereby, the colored curable composition layer of the unexposed portion in the exposure process is dissolved in the developer, and only the portion where the light is hardened remains.

顯影液不會對基底的固體攝像元件和電路等造成損傷之有機鹼性顯影液為較佳。An organic alkaline developing solution in which the developer does not damage the solid image sensor, the circuit, or the like of the substrate is preferable.

顯影液的溫度例如為20~30℃為較佳。顯影時間為20~180秒為較佳。又,為了提高殘渣去除性,亦可以每隔60秒將顯影液進行振蕩,進一步重複進行幾次重新供給顯影液之製程。The temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20 to 30 °C. The development time is preferably from 20 to 180 seconds. Further, in order to improve the residue removal property, the developer may be oscillated every 60 seconds, and the process of re-supplying the developer may be repeated several times.

作為使用於顯影液之鹼劑,例如可以舉出氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨、氫氧化芐基三甲基銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]-7-十一碳烯等有機鹼性化合物。以濃度成為0.001~10質量%(0.01~1質量%為較佳)的方式,用純水稀釋該些鹼劑而得到之鹼性水溶液作為顯影液而被較佳使用。Examples of the alkaline agent used in the developer include ammonia water, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and hydroxide. An organic basic compound such as tetrabutylammonium, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine or 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene. The alkaline aqueous solution obtained by diluting the alkali chemicals with pure water as a developing solution is preferably used in an amount of 0.001 to 10% by mass (preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass).

又,亦可在顯影液中使用無機鹼。作為無機鹼,例如氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉等為較佳。Further, an inorganic base may be used in the developer. As the inorganic base, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium citrate, sodium metasilicate or the like is preferable.

另外,在使用由該種鹼性水溶液構成之顯影液之情況下,通常在顯影後使用純水來進行清洗(沖洗)。Further, in the case of using a developer composed of such an alkaline aqueous solution, it is usually washed (rinsed) with pure water after development.

在顯影之後,在實施乾燥後進行加熱處理(後烘烤)為較佳。若形成多色的著色圖案,則能夠對每一個顏色依次重複進行製程而製造硬化膜。藉此可以得到彩色濾光片。After the development, it is preferred to carry out heat treatment (post-baking) after drying. When a multicolor coloring pattern is formed, a process can be repeated for each color to produce a cured film. Thereby, a color filter can be obtained.

後烘烤係用於使硬化設為安全者的顯影後的加熱處理,加熱溫度例如100~240℃為較佳、200~240℃更為佳。The post-baking is used for heat treatment after development in which hardening is performed, and the heating temperature is preferably 100 to 240 ° C, more preferably 200 to 240 ° C.

可以使用加熱板、對流式烘箱(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高頻加熱機等加熱機構,以成為上述條件之方式,以連續式或分批式對顯影後的膜進行後烘烤處理。The film after development can be post-baked in a continuous or batch manner by using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high frequency heater.

<<藉由乾式蝕刻法形成圖案的情況(第二態樣)>><<The case of forming a pattern by dry etching method (second aspect)>>

對形成於支撐體上之著色硬化性組成物層進行硬化而形成著色層,接著,以圖案化之光阻層為遮罩,利用蝕刻氣體對所獲得之著色層進行基於乾式蝕刻法之圖案形成。The colored curable composition layer formed on the support is cured to form a colored layer, and then the patterned photoresist layer is used as a mask, and the obtained colored layer is patterned by dry etching using an etching gas. .

具體而言,例如藉由熱或曝光對著色硬化性組成物層進行硬化而形成著色層,在著色層上塗佈正型或負型的感放射線性組成物,並使之乾燥,藉此形成光阻層。在形成光阻層時,進一步實施預烘烤處理為較佳。尤其作為光阻層的形成程序,理想的是實施曝光後的加熱處理、顯影後的加熱處理(後烘烤處理)之形態。Specifically, for example, a colored layer is formed by curing the colored curable composition layer by heat or exposure, and a positive or negative radiation sensitive composition is applied onto the colored layer and dried, thereby forming Photoresist layer. When the photoresist layer is formed, it is preferred to further perform a prebaking treatment. In particular, as a forming procedure of the photoresist layer, it is preferable to perform a heat treatment after exposure and a heat treatment (post-baking treatment) after development.

作為光阻層,例如可以較佳地使用與紫外線(g線、h線、i線)、包括準分子雷射等之遠紫外線、電子束、離子束以及X射線等放射線感應之正型的感放射線性組成物。放射線中,g線、h線、i線為較佳,其中,i線為較佳。As the photoresist layer, for example, a positive feeling of radiation induced by ultraviolet rays (g line, h line, i line), far ultraviolet rays including an excimer laser, an electron beam, an ion beam, and X-rays can be preferably used. Radiation linear composition. In the radiation, the g line, the h line, and the i line are preferable, and the i line is preferable.

具體而言,作為正型的感放射線性組成物,含有醌二疊氮化物化合物以及鹼可溶性樹脂之組成物為較佳。含有醌二疊氮化物化合物以及鹼可溶性樹脂之正型的感放射線性組成物係,利用藉由500nm以下波長的光照射,使醌二疊氮化物基分解而生成羧基,從非鹼溶狀態變為鹼可溶性之結果者。該正型光阻劑的分辨率顯著優異,故可用於IC(integrated circuit)或LSI(Large Scale Integration)等積體電路的製作。作為醌二疊氮化物化合物,可以舉出萘醌二疊氮化物化合物。作為市售品,例如可以舉出“FHi622BC”(FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co.,Ltd.製造)等。Specifically, as the positive radiation sensitive composition, a composition containing a quinonediazide compound and an alkali-soluble resin is preferable. A positive-type radiation-sensitive composition containing a quinonediazide compound and an alkali-soluble resin, which is decomposed by light irradiation of a wavelength of 500 nm or less to form a carboxyl group, and is changed from a non-alkali state. The result of alkali solubility. Since this positive type resist is excellent in resolution, it can be used for the production of integrated circuits such as IC (integrated circuit) or LSI (Large Scale Integration). As the quinonediazide compound, a naphthoquinonediazide compound can be mentioned. As a commercial item, "FHi622BC" (made by FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.), etc. are mentioned, for example.

作為光阻層的厚度,0.1~3μm為較佳,0.2~2.5μm更為佳,0.3~2μm為進一步較佳。另外,正型的感放射線性組成物的塗佈方法能夠較佳地利用已經敘述的著色層中的塗佈方法進行。The thickness of the photoresist layer is preferably 0.1 to 3 μm, more preferably 0.2 to 2.5 μm, and still more preferably 0.3 to 2 μm. Further, the method of applying the positive type radiation sensitive composition can be preferably carried out by a coating method in the coloring layer already described.

接著,對光阻層進行曝光以及顯影,藉此形成設置有抗蝕貫穿孔組之抗蝕圖案(圖案化之光阻層)。抗蝕圖案的形成無特別限制,能夠將以往公知的光刻技術適當地最佳化來進行。藉由曝光以及顯影,在光阻層設置抗蝕貫穿孔組,藉此在著色層上設置作為在下一個蝕刻中使用之蝕刻遮罩的抗蝕圖案。Next, the photoresist layer is exposed and developed, thereby forming a resist pattern (patterned photoresist layer) provided with a resist through-hole group. The formation of the resist pattern is not particularly limited, and can be performed by appropriately optimizing a conventionally known photolithography technique. By performing exposure and development, a resist through-hole group is provided in the photoresist layer, whereby a resist pattern as an etching mask used in the next etching is provided on the colored layer.

經由規定的遮罩圖案,利用g線、h線、i線等、較佳地利用i線,對正型或負型的感放射線性組成物實施曝光,藉此能夠進行光阻層的曝光。曝光之後,利用顯影液進行顯影處理,藉此對準欲形成著色圖案之區域而去除光阻劑。Exposure of the photoresist layer can be performed by exposing the positive or negative radiation sensitive composition to a predetermined mask pattern by using a g-line, an h-line, an i-line or the like, preferably by using an i-line. After the exposure, development processing is performed using a developing solution, thereby aligning the regions where the colored pattern is to be formed to remove the photoresist.

作為顯影液,只要係不影響著色層地溶解正抗蝕層的曝光部以及負抗蝕層的未硬化部者,便哪一個都能使用。例如,能夠使用各種溶劑的組合或鹼性水溶液。作為鹼性水溶液,將鹼性化合物溶解成0.001~10質量%的濃度、較佳地溶解成0.01~5質量%的濃度而製備之鹼性水溶液為較佳。鹼性化合物例如可以舉出氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉、氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]-7-十一碳烯等。另外,在使用鹼性水溶液時,通常在顯影之後用水實施清洗處理。As the developer, any one of the exposed portions of the positive resist layer and the uncured portion of the negative resist layer can be used without affecting the colored layer. For example, a combination of various solvents or an aqueous alkaline solution can be used. As the alkaline aqueous solution, an alkaline aqueous solution prepared by dissolving a basic compound in a concentration of 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably dissolved at a concentration of 0.01 to 5% by mass, is preferable. Examples of the basic compound include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium citrate, sodium metasilicate, aqueous ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, and hydroxide. Tetraethylammonium, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene and the like. Further, when an alkaline aqueous solution is used, the cleaning treatment is usually carried out with water after development.

接著,將抗蝕圖案作為蝕刻遮罩,藉由乾式蝕刻進行圖案化,以使在著色層形成貫穿孔組。藉此,形成著色圖案。貫穿孔組例如在著色層設置成黑白方格狀為較佳。從而,在著色層設置貫穿孔組而成之第1著色圖案呈黑白方格狀具有多個四角形狀的第1著色畫素。Next, the resist pattern is used as an etch mask, and patterned by dry etching so that a through hole group is formed in the colored layer. Thereby, a colored pattern is formed. It is preferable that the through hole group is provided in a black-and-white square shape, for example, in the colored layer. Therefore, the first colored pattern in which the through-hole group is provided in the colored layer has a plurality of square-shaped first colored pixels in a black and white checkered shape.

作為乾式蝕刻,從更接近矩形地形成圖案截面之觀點或進一步降低對支撐體的損傷之觀點來看,按以下形態進行為較佳。As the dry etching, from the viewpoint of forming a pattern cross section closer to a rectangular shape or further reducing damage to the support, it is preferable to carry out the following aspects.

包含如下蝕刻之形態為較佳:利用氟系氣體和氧氣(O2 )的混合氣體,將蝕刻進行至不露出支撐體之區域(深度)之第1段階的蝕刻;在該第1段階的蝕刻之後,利用氮氣(N2 )和氧氣(O2 )的混合氣體,較佳地將蝕刻進行至露出支撐體之區域(深度)附近之第2段階的蝕刻;以及在露出支撐體之後進行之過蝕刻。以下,對乾式蝕刻的具體方法及第1段階的蝕刻、第2段階的蝕刻以及過蝕刻進行說明。It is preferable to include an etching method in which etching is performed to a first step of a region (depth) in which a support is not exposed by a mixed gas of a fluorine-based gas and oxygen (O 2 ); etching in the first step Thereafter, using a mixed gas of nitrogen (N 2 ) and oxygen (O 2 ), etching is preferably performed to the etching of the second step near the region (depth) where the support is exposed; and after the support is exposed Etching. Hereinafter, a specific method of dry etching, etching of the first step, etching of the second step, and overetching will be described.

關於乾式蝕刻,藉由下述方法事先求出蝕刻條件而進行。The dry etching is performed by previously obtaining etching conditions by the following method.

(1)分別計算第1段階的蝕刻中的蝕刻速度(nm/min)和第2段階的蝕刻中的蝕刻速度(nm/min)。(1) The etching rate (nm/min) in the etching of the first step and the etching rate (nm/min) in the etching of the second step were respectively calculated.

(2)分別計算在第1段階的蝕刻中蝕刻所希望的厚度之時間和在第2段階的蝕刻中蝕刻所希望的厚度之時間。(2) The time for etching the desired thickness in the etching of the first step and the time for etching the desired thickness in the etching of the second step are respectively calculated.

(3)依據在上述(2)中計算之蝕刻時間實施第1段階的蝕刻。(3) The etching of the first step is performed in accordance with the etching time calculated in the above (2).

(4)依據在上述(2)中計算之蝕刻時間實施第2段階的蝕刻。或者,亦可利用終點檢測確定蝕刻時間,依據確定之蝕刻時間實施第2段階的蝕刻。(4) The second-stage etching is performed in accordance with the etching time calculated in the above (2). Alternatively, the end point detection may be used to determine the etching time, and the etching of the second stage may be performed according to the determined etching time.

(5)對上述(3)以及(4)的合計時間計算過蝕刻時間,實施過蝕刻。(5) The overetching time is calculated for the total time of the above (3) and (4), and over etching is performed.

作為在第1段階的蝕刻製程中使用之混合氣體,從將作為被蝕刻膜之有機材料加工成矩形之觀點來看,包含氟系氣體以及氧氣(O2 )為較佳。又,第1段階的蝕刻製程藉由設為蝕刻至不露出支撐體之區域之形態,能夠避免損傷支撐體。又,關於第2段階的蝕刻製程以及過蝕刻製程,在第1段階的蝕刻製程中藉由氟系氣體以及氧氣的混合氣體蝕刻至不露出支撐體之區域之後,從避免損傷支撐體的觀點考慮利用氮氣以及氧氣的混合氣體進行蝕刻處理為較佳。As the mixed gas used in the etching process of the first step, it is preferable to contain a fluorine-based gas and oxygen (O 2 ) from the viewpoint of processing the organic material as the film to be etched into a rectangular shape. Further, the etching process in the first step can be avoided by damaging the region in which the support is not exposed. Further, in the etching process of the second step, the etching process in the first step is etched by a mixed gas of a fluorine-based gas and oxygen gas to a region where the support is not exposed, from the viewpoint of avoiding damage to the support. It is preferred to carry out etching treatment using a mixed gas of nitrogen and oxygen.

重要的在於,以不損傷藉由第1段階的蝕刻製程中的蝕刻處理形成之矩形度的方式,確定第1段階的蝕刻製程中的蝕刻量與第2段階的蝕刻製程中的蝕刻量的比率。另外,總蝕刻量(第1段階的蝕刻製程中的蝕刻量和第2段階的蝕刻製程中的蝕刻量的總和)中的後者的比率為大於0%且50%以下的範囲為較佳,10~20%更為佳。蝕刻量是指,根據被蝕刻膜的殘留之膜厚與蝕刻前的膜厚之差計算之量。It is important to determine the ratio of the etching amount in the etching process in the first-stage etching process to the etching amount in the etching process in the second-stage etching process without impairing the squareness formed by the etching process in the etching process of the first-stage etching process. . Further, the ratio of the latter in the total etching amount (the total of the etching amount in the etching process in the first-stage etching process and the etching amount in the etching process in the second-stage etching process) is preferably greater than 0% and 50% or less. ~20% is better. The etching amount is an amount calculated from the difference between the film thickness of the film to be etched and the film thickness before etching.

又,蝕刻包含過蝕刻處理為較佳。設定過蝕刻比率而進行過蝕刻處理為較佳。又,根據最初進行之蝕刻處理時間計算過蝕刻比率為較佳。能夠任意設定過蝕刻比率,但從光阻劑的蝕刻耐性和被蝕刻圖案的矩形度維持方面考慮,蝕刻製程中的蝕刻處理時間的30%以下為較佳,5~25%更為佳,10~15%尤為佳。Further, the etching includes an overetching treatment preferably. It is preferable to set the overetching ratio and perform the overetching treatment. Further, it is preferable to calculate the overetch ratio based on the etching treatment time which is initially performed. The overetching ratio can be arbitrarily set. However, from the viewpoint of the etching resistance of the photoresist and the squareness of the etched pattern, 30% or less of the etching treatment time in the etching process is preferable, and 5 to 25% is more preferable. ~15% is especially good.

接著,將在蝕刻之後殘留之抗蝕圖案(亦即,蝕刻遮罩)進行去除。抗蝕圖案的去除包括:在抗蝕圖案上施加剥離液或溶劑,設成可去除抗蝕圖案之狀態之製程;以及利用清洗水去除抗蝕圖案之製程為較佳。Next, the resist pattern remaining after the etching (that is, the etching mask) is removed. The removal of the resist pattern includes a process of applying a stripping liquid or a solvent to the resist pattern, a process of removing the resist pattern, and a process of removing the resist pattern by the cleaning water.

作為在抗蝕圖案上施加剥離液或溶劑,設成可去除抗蝕圖案之狀態之製程,例如能夠舉出至少在抗蝕圖案上施加剥離液或溶劑,停滯規定的時間,進行攪拌式(paddle)顯影之製程。作為停滯剥離液或溶劑之時間,無特別限制,但數十秒至數分鐘為較佳。The process of applying a peeling liquid or a solvent to the resist pattern in a state in which the resist pattern can be removed, for example, at least a peeling liquid or a solvent is applied to the resist pattern, and the stirring is performed for a predetermined period of time (paddle) ) Development process. The time for stopping the stripping solution or solvent is not particularly limited, but it is preferably from several tens of seconds to several minutes.

又,作為利用清洗水去除抗蝕圖案之製程,例如能夠舉出從噴霧式或噴淋式噴射噴嘴向抗蝕圖案噴射清洗水來去除抗蝕圖案之製程。作為清洗水,能夠較佳地使用純水。又,作為噴射噴嘴,能夠舉出整個支撐體包含於其噴射範囲內之噴射噴嘴或可動式噴射噴嘴、亦即其可動範囲包含整個支撐體之噴射噴嘴。在噴射噴嘴為可動式的情況下,在去除抗蝕圖案之製程中,在支撐體中心部至支撐體端部之間移動2次以上來噴射清洗水,藉此能夠更有效地去除抗蝕圖案。Moreover, as a process of removing the resist pattern by the washing water, for example, a process of ejecting the washing water from the spray type or the spray type jet nozzle to the resist pattern to remove the resist pattern can be mentioned. As the washing water, pure water can be preferably used. Further, the injection nozzle may be an injection nozzle or a movable injection nozzle in which the entire support body is included in the injection range, that is, an injection nozzle whose movable body includes the entire support. In the case where the ejection nozzle is movable, in the process of removing the resist pattern, the cleaning water is sprayed two or more times between the center of the support body and the end of the support body, whereby the resist pattern can be removed more effectively. .

剥離液通常含有有機溶劑,但亦可進一步含有無機溶劑。作為有機溶劑,例如可以舉出1)烴系化合物、2)鹵代烴系化合物、3)醇系化合物、4)醚或乙縮醛系化合物、5)酮或醛系化合物、6)酯系化合物、7)多元醇系化合物、8)羧酸或其酸酐系化合物、9)酚系化合物、10)含氮化合物、11)含硫化合物、12)含氟化合物。作為剥離液,含有含氮化合物為較佳,包含非環狀含氮化合物和環狀含氮化合物更為佳。The stripper usually contains an organic solvent, but may further contain an inorganic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include 1) a hydrocarbon compound, 2) a halogenated hydrocarbon compound, 3) an alcohol compound, 4) an ether or an acetal compound, 5) a ketone or an aldehyde compound, and 6) an ester system. a compound, 7) a polyol compound, 8) a carboxylic acid or an anhydride thereof, 9) a phenol compound, 10) a nitrogen-containing compound, 11) a sulfur-containing compound, and 12) a fluorine-containing compound. As the stripping liquid, a nitrogen-containing compound is preferable, and a non-cyclic nitrogen-containing compound and a cyclic nitrogen-containing compound are more preferable.

作為非環狀含氮化合物,具有羥基之非環狀含氮化合物為較佳。具體而言,例如可以舉出單異丙醇胺、二異丙醇胺、三異丙醇胺、N-乙基乙醇胺、N,N-二丁基乙醇胺、N-丁基乙醇胺、單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺等,單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺為較佳,單乙醇胺(H2 NCH2 CH2 OH)更為佳。又,作為環狀含氮化合物,可以舉出異喹啉、咪唑、N-乙基嗎啉、ε-己內醯胺、喹啉、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑烷酮、α-皮考啉、β-皮考啉、γ-皮考啉、2-哌可啉(Pipecoline)、3-哌可啉、4-哌可啉、哌嗪、哌啶、吡嗪、吡啶、吡咯烷、N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、N-苯基嗎啉、2,4-盧剔啶、2,6-盧剔啶等,N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、N-乙基嗎啉為較佳,N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮(NMP)更為佳。As the acyclic nitrogen-containing compound, an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound having a hydroxyl group is preferred. Specific examples thereof include monoisopropanolamine, diisopropanolamine, triisopropanolamine, N-ethylethanolamine, N,N-dibutylethanolamine, N-butylethanolamine, monoethanolamine, and the like. Diethanolamine, triethanolamine, etc., monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine are preferred, and monoethanolamine (H 2 NCH 2 CH 2 OH) is more preferred. Further, examples of the cyclic nitrogen-containing compound include isoquinoline, imidazole, N-ethylmorpholine, ε-caprolactam, quinoline, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and α. -picolin, β-picoline, γ-picoline, Pipecoline, 3-piperonoline, 4-piperonphyrin, piperazine, piperidine, pyrazine, pyridine, pyrrole Alkane, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-phenylmorpholine, 2,4-lutidine, 2,6-lutidine, etc., N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethylmorpholine Preferably, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) is more preferred.

剥離液包含非環狀含氮化合物和環狀含氮化合物為較佳,但其中,包含選自單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺以及三乙醇胺之至少1種非環狀含氮化合物和選自N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮以及N-乙基嗎啉之至少1種環狀含氮化合物更為佳,包含單乙醇胺和N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮為進一步較佳。The stripping liquid preferably comprises an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and a cyclic nitrogen-containing compound, but contains at least one acyclic nitrogen-containing compound selected from the group consisting of monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, and triethanolamine, and is selected from N-methyl groups. More preferably, at least one cyclic nitrogen-containing compound of 2-pyrrolidone and N-ethylmorpholine is further preferred, and monoethanolamine and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone are further preferred.

在利用剥離液進行去除時,只要去除形成於著色圖案上之抗蝕圖案即可,即使在著色圖案的側壁附著有作為蝕刻生成物之堆積物的情況下,亦可不完全去除堆積物。堆積物是指,蝕刻生成物附著並堆積於著色層的側壁者。When the removal is performed by the stripping solution, the resist pattern formed on the colored pattern may be removed, and even if a deposit as an etching product adheres to the side wall of the colored pattern, the deposit may not be completely removed. The deposit means that the etching product adheres to and deposits on the side wall of the colored layer.

作為剥離液,理想的是非環狀含氮化合物相對於剥離液100質量份之含量為9質量份以上且11質量份以下、環狀含氮化合物相對於剥離液100質量份之含量為65質量份以上且70質量份以下者。又,剥離液係利用純水稀釋非環狀含氮化合物和環狀含氮化合物的混合物而成者為較佳。The content of the acyclic nitrogen-containing compound is preferably 9 parts by mass or more and 11 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the peeling liquid, and the content of the cyclic nitrogen-containing compound relative to 100 parts by mass of the peeling liquid is 65 parts by mass. More than 70 parts by mass or less. Further, the stripping liquid is preferably a mixture of a non-cyclic nitrogen-containing compound and a cyclic nitrogen-containing compound diluted with pure water.

本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法除了具有上述製程之外,亦可根據需要具有作為固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片的製造方法公知的製程。例如,亦可包含:在進行上述的著色硬化性組成物層形成製程、曝光製程以及圖案形成製程之後,根據需要藉由加熱和/或曝光對所形成之著色圖案進行硬化之硬化製程。In addition to the above-described processes, the method for producing a color filter of the present invention may have a process known as a method of producing a color filter for a solid-state image sensor, as needed. For example, the hardening process of hardening the formed colored pattern by heating and/or exposure may be performed after performing the above-described coloring hardening composition layer forming process, exposure process, and pattern forming process.

又,為了有效地清洗塗佈裝置吐出部的噴嘴或配管部的堵塞、以及因著色硬化性組成物或顏料在塗佈機內附著、沉澱、乾燥而引起之汚染等,將本發明的著色硬化性組成物所涉及之溶劑用作清洗液為較佳。又,能夠較佳地使用日本特開平7-128867號公報、日本特開平7-146562號公報、日本特開平8-278637號公報、日本特開2000-273370號公報、日本特開2006-85140號公報、日本特開2006-291191號公報、日本特開2007-2101號公報、日本特開2007-2102號公報、日本特開2007-281523號公報等中記載的清洗液。Further, in order to effectively clean the nozzle or the piping portion of the coating device discharge portion, and the contamination due to adhesion, precipitation, and drying of the colored curable composition or pigment in the coater, the coloring of the present invention is hardened. It is preferred that the solvent involved in the composition be used as a cleaning liquid. In addition, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. A cleaning liquid described in, for example, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2007-281523, and the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-281523, and the like.

上述中,亚烷基二醇單烷基醚羧酸酯以及亚烷基二醇單烷基醚為較佳。Among the above, an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate and an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether are preferred.

該些溶劑可以單獨使用,亦可混合2種以上使用。在混合2種以上時,混合具有羥基之溶劑和不具有羥基之溶劑為較佳。具有羥基之溶劑與不具有羥基之溶劑的質量比為1/99~99/1,10/90~90/10為較佳,20/80~80/20為進一步較佳。丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)和丙二醇單甲醚(PGME)的混合溶劑的比率為60/40尤為佳。另外,為了提高清洗液對汚染物的滲透性,亦可在清洗液中添加上述本發明的著色硬化性組成物所涉及之界面活性劑。These solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are mixed, a solvent having a hydroxyl group and a solvent having no hydroxyl group are preferably mixed. The mass ratio of the solvent having a hydroxyl group to the solvent having no hydroxyl group is from 1/99 to 99/1, preferably from 10/90 to 90/10, and further preferably from 20/80 to 80/20. A ratio of a mixed solvent of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) and propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) is particularly preferably 60/40. Further, in order to increase the permeability of the cleaning liquid to the contaminants, the surfactant related to the coloring curable composition of the present invention may be added to the cleaning liquid.

本發明的彩色濾光片可較佳地應用於CCD、CMOS等固體攝像元件中,尤其適於超過100万畫素之高解析度的CCD、CMOS等中。The color filter of the present invention can be preferably applied to a solid-state imaging device such as a CCD or a CMOS, and is particularly suitable for use in a high-resolution CCD, CMOS or the like of more than one million pixels.

本發明的彩色濾光片例如可用作在構成CCD或CMOS之各畫素的受光部與用於聚光的微透鏡之間配置之彩色濾光片。The color filter of the present invention can be used, for example, as a color filter disposed between a light receiving portion constituting each pixel of a CCD or CMOS and a microlens for collecting light.

本發明的彩色濾光片中之著色圖案(著色畫素)的膜厚為2.0μm以下為較佳,1.0μm以下更為佳,0.7μm以下為進一步較佳。下限例如能夠設為0.1μm以上,亦可以設為0.2μm以上。The coloring pattern (coloring pixel) in the color filter of the present invention has a film thickness of 2.0 μm or less, more preferably 1.0 μm or less, and further preferably 0.7 μm or less. The lower limit can be, for example, 0.1 μm or more, or 0.2 μm or more.

又,作為著色圖案(著色畫素)的尺寸(圖案寬度),2.5μm以下為較佳,2.0μm以下更為佳,1.7μm以下尤為佳。下限例如可以設為0.1μm以上,亦可以設為0.2μm以上。Further, the size (pattern width) of the colored pattern (colored pixel) is preferably 2.5 μm or less, more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and particularly preferably 1.7 μm or less. The lower limit can be, for example, 0.1 μm or more, or 0.2 μm or more.

<固體攝像元件><Solid image sensor>

本發明的固體攝像元件具備上述本發明的彩色濾光片。作為本發明的固體攝像元件的構成,只要是具備本發明的彩色濾光片且作為固體攝像元件而發揮功能之構成,則無特別的限定,例如可以舉出如以下的構成。The solid-state imaging device of the present invention includes the above-described color filter of the present invention. The configuration of the solid-state imaging device of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it has a color filter of the present invention and functions as a solid-state imaging device, and examples thereof include the following configurations.

結構為如下:在支撐體上具有構成固體攝像元件(CCD圖像感測器、CMOS圖像感測器等)的受光區域之多個光電二極體、及由多晶矽等構成之轉移電極,在光電二極體及轉移電極上具有僅使光電二極體的受光部開口之由鎢等構成之遮光膜,在遮光膜上具有以覆蓋遮光膜整個面及光電二極體受光部的方式形成之由氮化矽等構成之裝置保護膜,在裝置保護膜上具有本發明的固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片。The structure is as follows: a plurality of photodiodes constituting a light receiving region of a solid-state imaging device (CCD image sensor, CMOS image sensor, etc.) and a transfer electrode composed of polysilicon or the like are provided on the support, The photodiode and the transfer electrode have a light-shielding film made of tungsten or the like that opens only the light-receiving portion of the photodiode, and the light-shielding film is formed to cover the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the photodiode light-receiving portion. A device protective film made of tantalum nitride or the like has a color filter for a solid-state imaging device of the present invention on a device protective film.

另外,亦可以為在裝置保護層上且彩色濾光片的下側(接近支撐體的一側)具有聚光機構(例如微透鏡等。以下相同)之構成、或在彩色濾光片上具有聚光機構之構成等。Further, it may be configured to have a light collecting means (for example, a microlens or the like, the same below) on the protective layer of the device and on the lower side of the color filter (the side close to the support), or may have a color filter. The composition of the concentrating mechanism, and the like.

<圖像顯示裝置><Image display device>

本發明的彩色濾光片能夠使用於液晶顯示裝置、有機電致發光顯示裝置等圖像顯示裝置。尤其適合於液晶顯示裝置的用途。具備本發明的彩色濾光片之液晶顯示裝置能夠顯示顯示圖像的色調良好且顯示特性優異之高畫質圖像。The color filter of the present invention can be used for an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device or an organic electroluminescence display device. It is especially suitable for the use of liquid crystal display devices. The liquid crystal display device including the color filter of the present invention can display a high-quality image in which the hue of the displayed image is good and the display characteristics are excellent.

關於顯示裝置的定義、各顯示裝置的詳細內容,記載於例如“電子顯示器裝置(佐々木 昭夫 著 Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co.,Ltd.,1990年發行)”、“顯示器裝置(伊吹 順章著、Sangyo Tosho Co.,Ltd.,平成元年發行)”等。又,關於液晶顯示裝置,例如記載於“下一代液晶顯示器技術(內田 龍男編輯、Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co.,Ltd.,1994年發行)”。本發明能夠適用之液晶顯示裝置並無特別的限制,例如能夠適用於記載於上述“下一代液晶顯示器技術”中之各種方式的液晶顯示裝置。The definition of the display device and the details of each display device are described, for example, in "Electronic display device (Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd., issued in 1990)", "Display device (Ibuki Shun, "Sangyo Tosho" Co., Ltd., issued in the first year of Heisei)" and so on. Further, the liquid crystal display device is described, for example, in "Next-Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (Edited by Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd., 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention is applicable is not particularly limited, and can be applied to, for example, various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the "next-generation liquid crystal display technology".

本發明的彩色濾光片亦可使用於彩色TFT(Thin Film Transistor)方式的液晶顯示裝置。關於彩色TFT方式的液晶顯示裝置,例如記載於“彩色TFT液晶顯示器(KYORITSU SHUPPAN CO.,LTD.,1996年發行)”。另外,本發明亦可以適用於IPS(In Plane Switching)等橫向電場駆動方式、MVA(Multi-domain Vertical Alignment)等畫素分割方式等的視角被擴大之液晶顯示裝置、或STN(Super-Twist Nematic)、TN(Twisted Nematic)、VA(Vertical Alignment)、OCS(on-chip spacer)、FFS(fringe field switching)、及R-OCB(Reflective Optically Compensated Bend)等中。The color filter of the present invention can also be used in a liquid crystal display device of a color TFT (Thin Film Transistor) type. A liquid crystal display device of a color TFT type is described, for example, in "Color TFT liquid crystal display (KYORITSU SHUPPAN CO., LTD., issued in 1996)". In addition, the present invention is also applicable to a liquid crystal display device in which a viewing angle such as a horizontal electric field pulsation method such as IPS (In Plane Switching) or a pixel division method such as MVA (Multi-domain Vertical Alignment) is expanded, or STN (Super-Twist Nematic). ), TN (Twisted Nematic), VA (Vertical Alignment), OCS (on-chip spacer), FFS (fringe field switching), and R-OCB (Reflective Optically Compensated Bend).

又,本發明之彩色濾光片亦可以提供於明亮且高清晰之COA(Color-filter On Array)方式。在COA方式的液晶顯示裝置中,對彩色濾光片層之要求特性除了如前述之通常的要求特性以外,有時還需要對層間絶縁膜之要求特性,亦即低介電常數及剥離液耐性。本發明的彩色濾光片由於耐光性等優異,因此能夠提供解析度高、長期耐久性優異之COA方式的液晶顯示裝置。另外,為了滿足低介電常數的要求特性,亦可以在彩色濾光片層之上設置樹脂覆膜。Moreover, the color filter of the present invention can also be provided in a bright and high-resolution COA (Color-filter On Array) method. In the liquid crystal display device of the COA type, in addition to the usual required characteristics as described above, in addition to the usual required characteristics, the required characteristics of the interlayer insulating film, that is, the low dielectric constant and the peeling liquid resistance may be required. . Since the color filter of the present invention is excellent in light resistance and the like, it is possible to provide a COA liquid crystal display device having high resolution and excellent long-term durability. Further, in order to satisfy the required characteristics of a low dielectric constant, a resin coating may be provided on the color filter layer.

關於該些圖像顯示方式,例如記載於“EL、PDP、LCD顯示器-技術和市場的最新動向-(Toray Research Center,Inc.)調査研究部門,2001年發行)”的43頁等。These image display methods are described, for example, in "EL, PDP, LCD Display - Technology and Market Trends - (Toray Research Center, Inc. Research and Research Department, issued in 2001)", page 43 and the like.

本發明之具備彩色濾光片之液晶顯示裝置中,除了本發明之彩色濾光片以外,還藉由電極基板、偏光膜、相位差膜、背光裝置、間隔件(Spacer)、視角保障膜等各種構件所構成。本發明的彩色濾光片能夠適用於由該些公知的構件構成之液晶顯示裝置。關於該些構件,例如記載於“’94液晶顯示器周邊材料及化學產品的市場(島 健太郎 CMC CO.,LTD.1994年發行)”、“2003液晶關連市場的現狀及未來展望(下卷)(表良吉 FUJI CHIMERA RESEARCH INSTITUTE, INC.,2003年發行)”。In the liquid crystal display device including the color filter of the present invention, in addition to the color filter of the present invention, an electrode substrate, a polarizing film, a retardation film, a backlight, a spacer, a viewing angle assurance film, and the like are used. It is composed of various components. The color filter of the present invention can be applied to a liquid crystal display device composed of such known members. These components are described, for example, in "The Market of Materials and Chemical Products for Liquid Crystal Display (Island Kent Co., Ltd., CMC Co., Ltd., 1994)", "The Status and Future of the 2003 Liquid Crystal Related Markets (Vol. 2)" "FUJI CHIMERA RESEARCH INSTITUTE, INC., issued in 2003)".

關於背光,記載於SID meeting Digest 1380(2005)(A.Konno et.al)、月刊顯示器2005年12月號的18~24頁(島 康裕)、月刊顯示器25~30頁(八木隆明)等。The backlight is described in SID meeting Digest 1380 (2005) (A. Konno et. al), monthly publication December 2005, pages 18 to 24 (Island Kangyu), monthly publication 25 to 30 pages (Yamamu Takamori), and the like.

若將本發明之彩色濾光片使用於液晶顯示裝置,則與先前公知的冷陰極管的三波長管組合時能夠實現較高的對比度,另外,藉由將紅、綠、藍的發光二極體(LED)光源作為背光,能夠提供亮度較高且色彩純度較高的色彩再現性良好的液晶顯示裝置。When the color filter of the present invention is used in a liquid crystal display device, high contrast can be achieved when combined with a three-wavelength tube of a conventionally known cold cathode tube, and by using red, green, and blue light-emitting diodes As a backlight, a body (LED) light source can provide a liquid crystal display device having high brightness and high color reproducibility.

[實施例][Examples]

以下,例舉實施例對本發明進行更具體的說明。以下實施例中表示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理順序等,只要不脱離本發明的主旨,則能夠適當地進行變更。從而,本發明的範圍係並非限定於以下所示之具體例者。另外,只要沒有特別的說明,則“份”、“ %”為質量基準。Hereinafter, the present invention will be more specifically described by way of examples. The materials, the amounts, the ratios, the processing contents, the processing procedures, and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the gist of the invention. Therefore, the scope of the invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. In addition, unless otherwise indicated, "part" and "%" are mass standards.

(合成例)鹵化鋅酞菁顏料的合成(Synthesis example) Synthesis of zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment

模仿日本特開2003-161827號公報的段落號0098~0101中記載的方法,以與酞菁1分子鍵結之各原子的平均個數成為在下述表所示之組成的方式,適當地改變添加量來進行合成。In the method described in paragraphs 0098 to 0101 of JP-A-2003-161827, the average number of atoms bonded to one molecule of phthalocyanine is appropriately changed as shown in the following table. The amount is used for synthesis.

另外,依據質量分析和藉由燒瓶燃燒離子層析儀進行之鹵素含量分析,計算鹵化鋅酞菁顏料的組成。下述表中的原子的數係,由上述通式(A1)表示之鹵化鋅酞菁顏料的、X1 ~X16 表示之數。Further, the composition of the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment was calculated based on mass analysis and halogen content analysis by a flask combustion ion chromatograph. The number of atoms in the following table is represented by X 1 to X 16 of the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment represented by the above formula (A1).

[表1] [Table 1]

<Green顏料分散液的製備><Preparation of Green Pigment Dispersion>

將在合成例中獲得之表1的鹵化鋅酞菁顏料、黃色顏料、顏料衍生物、分散劑以及溶劑,以成為下述表所示之質量份的方式進行混合,藉由珠磨機將該混合液混合並分散15小時,製備出各個Green顏料分散液。The zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment, the yellow pigment, the pigment derivative, the dispersant, and the solvent of Table 1 obtained in the synthesis example were mixed so as to have a mass part shown in the following table, and the bead mill was used. The mixed solution was mixed and dispersed for 15 hours to prepare respective Green pigment dispersions.

[表2] [Table 2]

<含有Green顏料的著色硬化性組成物(塗佈液)的製備><Preparation of color-curable composition (coating liquid) containing Green pigment>

利用上述的Green顏料分散液,以成為下述表所示之質量份的方式混合、攪拌,製備出含有Green顏料的著色硬化性組成物。The green pigment dispersion liquid described above was mixed and stirred so as to have a mass part shown in the following table to prepare a color-curable composition containing a Green pigment.

[表3] [table 3]

表2、3所示之原材料為如下。The raw materials shown in Tables 2 and 3 are as follows.

(鹵化鋅酞菁顏料)(halide zinc phthalocyanine pigment)

・顏料A~M:表1所示之鹵化鋅酞菁顏料A~M・Pigments A to M: The zinc halide phthalocyanine pigments A to M shown in Table 1

(黃色顏料)(yellow pigment)

・PY185:C.I.顏料黃 185・PY185: C.I. Pigment Yellow 185

・PY150:C.I.顏料黃 150・PY150: C.I. Pigment Yellow 150

・PY139:C.I.顏料黃 139・PY139: C.I. Pigment Yellow 139

(分散劑)(Dispersant)

・分散劑A:下述結構(酸性分散劑,重量平均分子量=24000,酸值=52mgKOH/g,重複單元中的比為莫耳比)・Dispersant A: The following structure (acidic dispersant, weight average molecular weight = 24000, acid value = 52 mgKOH/g, ratio in repeating unit is molar ratio)

【化學式35】 [Chemical Formula 35]

・分散劑B:下述結構(酸性分散劑,重量平均分子量=21000,酸值=30mgKOH/g,重複單元中的比為莫耳比)・Dispersant B: The following structure (acidic dispersant, weight average molecular weight = 21000, acid value = 30 mgKOH/g, ratio in repeating unit is molar ratio)

【化學式36】 [Chemical Formula 36]

・分散劑C:下述結構(鹼性分散劑,重量平均分子量=5000,酸值=0mgKOH/g,重複單元中的比為莫耳比)・Dispersant C: The following structure (alkaline dispersant, weight average molecular weight = 5000, acid value = 0 mgKOH/g, ratio in repeating unit is molar ratio)

【化學式37】 [Chemical Formula 37]

(顏料衍生物)(pigment derivative)

・衍生物A:下述結構・Derivative A: The following structure

【化學式38】 [Chemical Formula 38]

・衍生物B:下述結構(式中,M為H)・Derivative B: The following structure (where M is H)

【化學式39】 [Chemical Formula 39]

・衍生物C:下述結構・Derivative C: The following structure

【化學式40】 [Chemical Formula 40]

・衍生物 D:下述結構・Derivative D: The following structure

【化學式41】 [Chemical Formula 41]

・衍生物 E:下述結構・Derivative E: The following structure

【化學式42】 [Chemical Formula 42]

(硬化性化合物)(hardening compound)

・化合物A:聚合性化合物(二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯,KAYARAD DPHA,NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,LTD.製造)・Compound A: a polymerizable compound (dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, KAYARAD DPHA, manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD.)

・化合物B:環氧化合物(EHPE 3150,DAICEL CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.製造)・Compound B: Epoxy compound (EHPE 3150, manufactured by DAICEL CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.)

・化合物C:聚合性化合物(ARONIX TO-2349,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造,下述結構)- Compound C: Polymeric compound (ARONIX TO-2349, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD., the following structure)

【化學式43】 [Chemical Formula 43]

・化合物D:聚合性化合物(NK酯A-DPH-12E(環氧乙烷改質二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯,SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造)- Compound D: a polymerizable compound (NK ester A-DPH-12E (ethylene oxide modified dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO., LTD.)

・化合物E:聚合性化合物(NK酯A-TMMT(季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯,SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造)- Compound E: a polymerizable compound (NK ester A-TMMT (pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO., LTD.)

・化合物F:環氧化合物(EPICLON N-695(酚醛骨架的環氧樹脂),DIC Corporation製造)・Compound F: Epoxy compound (EPICLON N-695 (epoxy resin of phenolic skeleton), manufactured by DIC Corporation)

・化合物G:聚合性化合物(M-305(季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯和季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯的混合物,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)- Compound G: a polymerizable compound (M-305 (a mixture of pentaerythritol tetraacrylate and pentaerythritol triacrylate, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.)

(光聚合起始劑)(photopolymerization initiator)

・起始劑A:IRGACURE OXE01(BASF SE製造)・Starter A: IRGACURE OXE01 (manufactured by BASF SE)

・起始劑B:IRGACURE OXE02(BASF SE製造)・Starter B: IRGACURE OXE02 (manufactured by BASF SE)

・起始劑C:下述結構・Starter C: The following structure

【化學式44】 [Chemical Formula 44]

・起始劑D:IRGACURE-369(BASF SE製造)・Initiator D: IRGACURE-369 (manufactured by BASF SE)

(界面活性劑)(surfactant)

活性劑A:MEGAFAC F-781F(氟系界面活性劑,DIC Corporation製造)Active agent A: MEGAFAC F-781F (fluorine-based surfactant, manufactured by DIC Corporation)

活性劑B:KF6001(矽系界面活性劑,Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)Active agent B: KF6001 (lanthanide surfactant, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)

(樹脂)(resin)

樹脂A:下述結構(重複單元中的比為莫耳比)Resin A: the following structure (the ratio in the repeating unit is the molar ratio)

【化學式45】 [Chemical Formula 45]

樹脂B:下述結構(重複單元中的比為莫耳比,Me為甲基。)Resin B: the following structure (the ratio in the repeating unit is the molar ratio, and Me is a methyl group).

【化學式46】 [Chemical Formula 46]

樹脂C:甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸苄酯的50:50(莫耳比)共聚物Resin C: 50:50 (mole ratio) copolymer of methacrylic acid/benzyl methacrylate

(溶劑)(solvent)

・PGMEA:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯・PGMEA: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate

<Blue顏料分散液的製備><Preparation of Blue Pigment Dispersion>

將混合作為顏料的9.5份顏料藍15:6和2.4份顏料紫23、作為樹脂(分散劑)的5.6份BYK-161(BYK SE製造)、作為溶劑的82.5份丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)混合而得之混合液,藉由珠磨機混合並分散15小時,製備出Blue顏料分散液。9.5 parts of Pigment Blue 15:6 and 2.4 parts of Pigment Violet 23 as a pigment, 5.6 parts of BYK-161 (manufactured by BYK SE) as a resin (dispersant), and 82.5 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate as a solvent were mixed ( PGMEA) The mixed solution was mixed and dispersed by a bead mill for 15 hours to prepare a Blue pigment dispersion.

<含有Blue顏料的著色硬化性組成物(塗佈液)的製備><Preparation of color-curable composition (coating liquid) containing Blue pigment>

使用上述的Blue顏料分散液,以成為下述組成的方式混合並攪拌,製備出含有Blue顏料的著色硬化性組成物(Blue著色感放射線性組成物)。The coloring curable composition (Blue coloring radiation composition) containing a blue pigment was prepared by mixing and stirring so as to have the following composition.

<組成><composition>

・顏料分散液:Blue顏料分散液 51.2份・Pigment dispersion: Blue pigment dispersion 51.2 parts

・光聚合起始劑:IRGACURE OXE01(BASF SE製造) 0.87份・Photopolymerization initiator: IRGACURE OXE01 (manufactured by BASF SE) 0.87 parts

・聚合性化合物:KAYARAD RP-1040(NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD.製造) 4.7份・Polymerizing compound: KAYARAD RP-1040 (manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD.) 4.7 parts

・樹脂(黏合劑):ACA230AA (DAICEL CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.製造) 7.4份・Resin (adhesive): ACA230AA (manufactured by DAICEL CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.) 7.4 parts

・聚合抑制劑:對甲氧基苯酚 0.002份・Polymerization inhibitor: p-methoxyphenol 0.002 parts

・非離子系界面活性劑:PIONIN D-6112-W(TAKEMOTO OIL&FAT CO.,LTD.製造)0.19份・Non-ionic surfactant: 0.19 parts of PIONIN D-6112-W (manufactured by TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO., LTD.)

・矽烷偶合劑:KBM-602(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)的環己酮0.9%溶液 10.8份・Chane coupling agent: KBM-602 (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) cyclohexanone 0.9% solution 10.8 parts

・有機溶劑:PGMEA 14.3份・Organic solvent: PGMEA 14.3 parts

・有機溶劑:環己酮 6.4份・Organic solvent: cyclohexanone 6.4 parts

・氟系界面活性劑:F-781F(DIC Corporation製造)的環己酮0.2%溶液 4.2份・Fluorine surfactant: cyclohexanone 0.2% solution of F-781F (manufactured by DIC Corporation) 4.2 parts

[製造例1](包括藉由光刻法進行之圖案形成製程之彩色濾光片的製造)[Manufacturing Example 1] (Manufacture of color filter including pattern forming process by photolithography)

<第1著色層(綠色層)的形成><Formation of the first colored layer (green layer)>

使用旋轉塗佈機,以塗佈後的膜厚成為0.8μm的方式,將在上述中獲得之實施例1~12、15~33以及比較例1~3的含有Green顏料的著色硬化性組成物,塗佈在帶有底塗層的矽晶圓上,利用100℃的加熱板進行120秒鐘加熱處理(預烘烤),形成塗佈膜。The green pigment-containing coloring curable composition of Examples 1 to 12, 15 to 33, and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 obtained in the above manner was applied to the film thickness after coating to a thickness of 0.8 μm using a spin coater. It was coated on a ruthenium wafer with an undercoat layer, and subjected to heat treatment (prebaking) for 120 seconds using a hot plate at 100 ° C to form a coating film.

接著,使用i線步進機曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(Canon Inc.製造),經由1.4μm四方的拜耳圖案遮罩,以圖案尺寸成為1.4μm四方的方式,調整曝光量,向塗佈膜照射365nm波長的i線並進行曝光。Then, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.), the exposure amount was adjusted so that the pattern size became 1.4 μm via a 1.4 μm square Bayer pattern mask, and the coating film was irradiated with 365 nm. The i-line of the wavelength is exposed.

之後,利用氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH) 0.3%水溶液,在23℃下對形成有曝光之塗佈膜之矽晶圓進行60秒鐘攪拌式顯影。之後,藉由旋轉噴淋法進行沖洗,進一步用純水進行水洗。接著,利用200℃的加熱板,進行300秒鐘加熱處理(後烘烤),獲得了形成有1.4μm四方的拜耳圖案之第1著色層(綠色層)。Thereafter, the ruthenium wafer on which the exposed coating film was formed was subjected to agitated development at 23 ° C for 30 seconds using a tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) 0.3% aqueous solution. Thereafter, the mixture was washed by a rotary spray method, and further washed with pure water. Subsequently, heat treatment (post-baking) was performed for 300 seconds using a hot plate at 200 ° C to obtain a first colored layer (green layer) in which a Bayer pattern of 1.4 μm square was formed.

<第2著色層(藍色層)的形成><Formation of the second colored layer (blue layer)>

將上述含有Blue顏料的著色硬化性組成物,以塗佈後的膜厚成為0.8μm的方式,塗佈於在上述中獲得之第1著色層(綠色層),並進行乾燥,獲得了在第1著色層(綠色層)上形成有第2著色層(藍色層)之層疊彩色濾光片。The coloring curable composition containing the blue pigment was applied to the first colored layer (green layer) obtained as described above so as to have a film thickness of 0.8 μm after coating, and dried. A laminated color filter in which a second colored layer (blue layer) is formed on a colored layer (green layer).

接著,使用i線步進機曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(Canon Inc.製造),經由1.4μm四方的島狀(island)圖案遮罩,以圖案尺寸成為1.4μm四方的方式調整曝光量,向層疊彩色濾光片照射365nm波長的i線並進行曝光。Next, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.), the exposure amount was adjusted so that the pattern size became 1.4 μm via a 1.4 μm square island mask, and the color was adjusted to the laminated color. The filter is irradiated with an i-line of a wavelength of 365 nm and exposed.

之後,利用TMAH 0.3%水溶液,在23℃下對形成有曝光之層疊彩色濾光片之矽晶圓進行60秒鐘攪拌式顯影。之後,藉由旋轉噴淋法進行沖洗,進一步用純水進行水洗。接著,利用200℃的加熱板,進行300秒鐘加熱處理(後烘烤),獲得了形成有1.4μm四方的層疊圖案之彩色濾光片。Thereafter, the tantalum wafer on which the exposed laminated color filters were formed was subjected to agitated development at 23 ° C for 30 seconds using a TMAH 0.3% aqueous solution. Thereafter, the mixture was washed by a rotary spray method, and further washed with pure water. Subsequently, heat treatment (post-baking) was performed for 300 seconds using a hot plate at 200 ° C to obtain a color filter in which a laminated pattern of 1.4 μm square was formed.

[製造例2](包括藉由乾式蝕刻法進行之圖案形成製程之彩色濾光片的製造)[Manufacturing Example 2] (Manufacturing of a color filter including a pattern forming process by a dry etching method)

<第1著色層的形成><Formation of the first colored layer>

在直徑為200mm(8英吋)的矽晶圓基板上,藉由旋轉塗佈機以塗佈後的膜厚成為0.8μm的方式,塗佈實施例13、14的含有Green顏料的著色硬化性組成物之後,使用加熱板以200℃進行5分鐘的加熱,並使塗佈膜硬化,藉此形成了第1著色層(綠色層)。該第1著色層(綠色層)的膜厚為0.8μm。The coloring curability of the green pigments of Examples 13 and 14 was applied to a tantalum wafer having a diameter of 200 mm (8 inches) by a spin coater so that the film thickness after coating was 0.8 μm. After the composition, heating was performed at 200 ° C for 5 minutes using a hot plate, and the coating film was cured to form a first colored layer (green layer). The film thickness of the first colored layer (green layer) was 0.8 μm.

(遮罩用抗蝕劑的塗佈)(Coating of mask resist)

接著,將正型光阻劑“FHi622BC”(FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co.,Ltd.製造)塗佈在第1著色層上,並實施預烘烤,形成了膜厚為0.8μm的光阻層。Next, a positive photoresist "FHi622BC" (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied onto the first colored layer, and prebaking was performed to form a photoresist layer having a film thickness of 0.8 μm.

接著,使用i線步進機曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(Canon Inc.製造),經由1.4μm四方的拜耳圖案遮罩,以圖案尺寸成為1.4μm四方的方式調整曝光量,向光阻層照射365nm波長的i線並進行曝光。Next, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.), the exposure amount was adjusted so that the pattern size became 1.4 μm via a 1.4 μm square Bayer pattern mask, and the photoresist layer was irradiated with a wavelength of 365 nm. The i line is exposed.

接著,以光阻層的温度或環境溫度成為90℃的温度,進行1分鐘的加熱處理。之後,利用顯影液“FHD-5”(FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co.,Ltd.製造)進行1分鐘的顯影處理,進一步在110℃下實施了1分鐘的後烘烤處理。Next, heat treatment was performed for 1 minute at a temperature at which the temperature of the photoresist layer or the ambient temperature became 90 °C. Thereafter, development treatment was carried out for 1 minute using a developing solution "FHD-5" (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.), and further post-baking treatment was performed at 110 ° C for 1 minute.

(乾式蝕刻)(dry etching)

接著,按以下順序進行乾式蝕刻。Next, dry etching is performed in the following order.

使用乾式蝕刻裝置(Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation製造,U-621),設成RF(Radio Frequency)功率:800W、天線偏壓:400W、晶圓偏壓:200W、腔室的內部壓力:4.0Pa、基板温度:50℃,並將混合氣體的氣體種類以及流量設成CF4 :80mL/min、O2 :40mL/min、Ar:800mL/min,實施了80秒鐘第1段階的蝕刻處理。Using a dry etching apparatus (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation, U-621), RF (Radio Frequency) power: 800 W, antenna bias: 400 W, wafer bias: 200 W, internal pressure of the chamber: 4.0 Pa, The substrate temperature was 50° C., and the gas type and flow rate of the mixed gas were set to CF 4 : 80 mL/min, O 2 : 40 mL/min, and Ar: 800 mL/min, and the first-stage etching treatment was performed for 80 seconds.

接著,在同一蝕刻腔室,設成RF功率:600W、天線偏壓:100W、晶圓偏壓:250W、腔室的內部壓力:2.0Pa、基板温度:50℃,並將混合氣體的氣體種類以及流量設成N2 :500mL/min、O2 :50mL/min、Ar:500mL/min(N2 /O2 /Ar=10/1/10),實施了28秒鐘作為第2段階的蝕刻處理之過蝕刻處理。Next, in the same etching chamber, RF power: 600 W, antenna bias: 100 W, wafer bias: 250 W, internal pressure of the chamber: 2.0 Pa, substrate temperature: 50 ° C, and the gas type of the mixed gas And the flow rate was set to N 2 :500 mL/min, O 2 :50 mL/min, Ar:500 mL/min (N 2 /O 2 /Ar=10/1/10), and 28 seconds was performed as the second-stage etching. The over-etching process is processed.

在以上述條件進行乾式蝕刻之後,使用光阻劑剥離液“MS230C”(FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co.,Ltd.製造),實施120秒鐘剥離處理,去除抗蝕劑,進一步用純水實施清洗、旋轉乾燥。之後,在100℃下進行2分鐘的脫水烘烤處理。藉由以上,獲得了乾式蝕刻後的第1著色層(綠色層)。After dry etching under the above conditions, a photoresist stripping liquid "MS230C" (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was used, and a stripping treatment was performed for 120 seconds to remove the resist, and further washed and rotated with pure water. dry. Thereafter, a dehydration baking treatment was performed at 100 ° C for 2 minutes. From the above, the first colored layer (green layer) after dry etching was obtained.

<第2著色層的形成><Formation of the second colored layer>

將上述的含有Blue顏料的著色硬化性組成物,以塗佈後的膜厚成為0.8μm的方式,塗佈於在上述中獲得之乾式蝕刻後的第1著色層(綠色層)上,並進行乾燥,獲得了在乾式蝕刻後的第1著色層(綠色層)上形成有第2著色層(藍色層)之層疊彩色濾光片。The coloring curable composition containing the above-described blue pigment is applied to the first colored layer (green layer) after dry etching obtained as described above, and the film thickness after coating is 0.8 μm. After drying, a laminated color filter in which a second colored layer (blue layer) was formed on the first colored layer (green layer) after dry etching was obtained.

接著,使用i線步進機曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(Canon Inc.製造),經由1.4μm四方的島狀圖案遮罩,以圖案尺寸成為1.4μm四方的方式調整曝光量,向層疊彩色濾光片照射365nm波長的i線並進行曝光。Next, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.), the exposure amount was adjusted so that the pattern size became 1.4 μm via a 1.4 μm square island pattern mask, and the laminated color filter was applied. An i-line of a wavelength of 365 nm was irradiated and exposed.

之後,使用TMAH 0.3%水溶液,在23℃下對形成有曝光之層疊彩色濾光片之矽晶圓進行60秒鐘攪拌式顯影。之後,藉由旋轉噴淋法進行沖洗,進一步用純水進行水洗。接著,利用200℃的加熱板,進行300秒鐘加熱處理(後烘烤),獲得了形成有1.4μm四方的層疊圖案之彩色濾光片。Thereafter, the tantalum wafer on which the exposed laminated color filters were formed was subjected to agitated development at 23 ° C for 60 seconds using a TMAH 0.3% aqueous solution. Thereafter, the mixture was washed by a rotary spray method, and further washed with pure water. Subsequently, heat treatment (post-baking) was performed for 300 seconds using a hot plate at 200 ° C to obtain a color filter in which a laminated pattern of 1.4 μm square was formed.

<評價><evaluation>

<<針狀結晶產生率評價>><<Evaluation of needle crystal production rate>>

使用掃描型電子顕微鏡(Hitachi, Ltd.製造 S-9260掃描電子顕微鏡),將第2著色層的後烘烤之後的基板和進一步以240~260℃追加烘烤5分鐘之後的矽晶圓放大20000倍進行観察,依據以下基準對針狀結晶的產生程度進行了評價。在以下評價中,實用的是3~5。Using a scanning electron microscope (S-9260 scanning electron micromirror manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.), the substrate after post-baking of the second colored layer and the further wafer baked at 240 to 260 ° C for 5 minutes were enlarged by 20,000. The degree of occurrence of needle crystals was evaluated based on the following criteria. In the following evaluations, practical use is 3 to 5.

5:即使在後烘烤之後(200℃/5分鐘)以及以260℃/10分鐘進行的追加烘烤之後,亦不產生針狀結晶5: No needle crystals are formed even after post-baking (200 ° C / 5 minutes) and additional baking at 260 ° C / 10 minutes

4:即使在後烘烤之後(200℃/5分鐘)以及以250℃/10分鐘進行的追加烘烤之後,亦不產生針狀結晶,但在以260℃/5分鐘進行的追加烘烤之後,產生針狀結晶。4: No needle crystals were formed even after post-baking (200 ° C / 5 minutes) and additional baking at 250 ° C / 10 minutes, but after additional baking at 260 ° C / 5 minutes , produces needle crystals.

3:即使在後烘烤之後(200℃/5分鐘)以及以240℃/10分鐘進行的追加烘烤之後,亦不產生針狀結晶,但在以250℃/5分鐘進行的追加烘烤之後產生針狀結晶。3: No needle crystals were formed even after post-baking (200 ° C / 5 minutes) and additional baking at 240 ° C / 10 minutes, but after additional baking at 250 ° C / 5 minutes Produces needle crystals.

2:雖然在後烘烤之後(200℃/5分鐘)未產生針狀結晶,但在以240℃/10分鐘進行的追加烘烤之後產生針狀結晶。2: Although needle crystals were not produced after post-baking (200 ° C / 5 minutes), needle crystals were generated after additional baking at 240 ° C / 10 minutes.

1:在後烘烤之後(200℃/10分鐘)產生針狀結晶。1: Needle crystals were produced after post-baking (200 ° C / 10 min).

<<亮度不均>><<Brightness uneven>>

使用旋轉塗佈機,以乾燥後的膜厚成為0.8μm的方式,將實施例1~33、比較例1~3的含有Green顏料的著色硬化性組成物塗佈在玻璃基板上,在100℃下預烘烤120秒,獲得了著色塗膜。The green pigment-containing coloring curable composition of Examples 1 to 33 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 was applied onto a glass substrate at 100 ° C by using a spin coater so that the film thickness after drying was 0.8 μm. The prebaking was carried out for 120 seconds to obtain a colored coating film.

將獲得之著色塗膜設置在光學顕微鏡的観測透鏡與光源之間,向観測透鏡照射光,藉由具備倍率為1000倍的數位相機之光學顕微鏡,對其透射光狀態進行觀察。光學顕微鏡所具備之數位相機搭載有128万畫素的CCD,利用該數位相機對處於透射光狀態之覆膜表面進行攝影。攝影圖像保存為以8位的位圖形式進行數位轉換之數據(數位圖像)。The obtained colored coating film was placed between the spectacle lens of the optical micromirror and the light source, and the light was irradiated onto the spectacle lens, and the transmitted light state was observed by an optical micromirror having a digital camera with a magnification of 1000. The digital camera equipped with the optical micromirror is equipped with a CCD of 1.28 million pixels, and the digital camera is used to photograph the surface of the film in a transmitted light state. The photographic image is saved as data (digital image) digitally converted in the form of an 8-bit bitmap.

另外,關於著色塗膜的覆膜表面的攝影,對任意選擇之20的區域進行。又,對於數位轉換之數據,將攝影圖像的紅・綠・藍這3原色各自的亮度設成0~255為止的256灰度的濃度分佈,並進行數値化來進行保存。Further, the photographing of the surface of the coating film of the colored coating film was carried out on an arbitrarily selected region of 20. In addition, for the data of the digital conversion, the luminance of each of the three primary colors of red, green, and blue of the photographic image is set to a density distribution of 256 gradations from 0 to 255, and is quantized and stored.

接著,對於保存之數位圖像,以1個晶格尺寸相當於實基板上的0.5μm四方的方式,區隔成格柵狀,使一個區段內的亮度平均化。Next, the stored digital image is divided into a grid shape so that one crystal lattice size corresponds to 0.5 μm square on the solid substrate, and the luminance in one segment is averaged.

在本實施例中,由於用128万畫素的數位相機對光學1000倍的圖像進行攝影,故實基板上的0.5μm成為攝影圖像上的0.5mm,顯示器上的圖像尺寸為452mm×352mm,故一個區域內的總區段數為636416個。In the present embodiment, since an image of 1000 times optical is photographed by a digital camera of 1.28 million pixels, 0.5 μm on the solid substrate becomes 0.5 mm on the photographic image, and the image size on the display is 452 mm × 352 mm. Therefore, the total number of segments in a region is 636,416.

對於各區域的總區段,對任意1個區段和與其相鄰之所有相鄰區段的平均亮度進行測量。將1個區段與相鄰區段的平均亮度之差為5%以上的1個區段認定為有意差區段,計算總區域的有意差區段的平均總數,依據下述基準對亮度不均進行了評價。該數値越小,與相鄰之區段的濃度差便越小,亮度不均便越少,表示作為彩色濾光片的特性越優異。For the total segment of each region, the average luminance of any one segment and all adjacent segments adjacent thereto is measured. A segment having a difference between the average brightness of one segment and an adjacent segment of 5% or more is regarded as a intentional difference segment, and the average total number of intentional difference regions of the total region is calculated, and the brightness is not based on the following reference. All were evaluated. The smaller the number, the smaller the difference in density from the adjacent segments, and the less the unevenness in brightness, indicating that the characteristics as the color filter are excellent.

5:有意差區段數為2000以下。5: The number of intentional difference segments is 2000 or less.

4:有意差區段數為2001~3000。4: The number of intentional difference segments is 2001 to 3000.

3:有意差區段數為3001~5000。3: The number of intentional difference segments is 3001 to 5000.

2:有意差區段數為5001~10000。2: The number of intentional difference segments is 5001 to 10000.

1:有意差區段數為10001以上。1: The number of intentional difference segments is 10001 or more.

<<顯影殘渣>><<Development residue>>

使用旋轉塗佈機,以塗佈後的膜厚成為0.8μm的方式,將實施例1~12、15~33、比較例1~3的含有Green顏料的著色硬化性組成物塗佈在帶有底塗層的矽晶圓上,使用100℃的加熱板進行120秒鐘加熱處理(預烘烤),形成了塗佈膜。The green pigment-containing coloring curable composition of Examples 1 to 12, 15 to 33, and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 was coated with a spin coater so that the film thickness after coating was 0.8 μm. On the ruthenium wafer of the undercoat layer, a 100 ° C hot plate was used for heat treatment (prebaking) for 120 seconds to form a coating film.

接著,使用i線步進機曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(Canon Inc.製造),經由1.4μm四方的拜耳圖案遮罩,以圖案尺寸成為1.4μm四方的方式,調整曝光量,向塗佈膜照射365nm波長的i線並進行曝光。Then, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.), the exposure amount was adjusted so that the pattern size became 1.4 μm via a 1.4 μm square Bayer pattern mask, and the coating film was irradiated with 365 nm. The i-line of the wavelength is exposed.

之後,使用TMAH 0.3%水溶液,在23℃下對形成有曝光之塗佈膜之矽晶圓進行60秒鐘攪拌式顯影。之後,藉由旋轉噴淋法進行沖洗,進一步用純水進行水洗。接著,使用200℃的加熱板,進行300秒鐘加熱處理(後烘烤),獲得了形成有1.4μm四方的拜耳圖案之單色彩色濾光片。Thereafter, the ruthenium wafer on which the exposed coating film was formed was subjected to agitated development at 23 ° C for 60 seconds using a TMAH 0.3% aqueous solution. Thereafter, the mixture was washed by a rotary spray method, and further washed with pure water. Next, heat treatment (post-baking) was performed for 300 seconds using a hot plate at 200 ° C to obtain a monochromatic color filter in which a Bayer pattern of 1.4 μm square was formed.

使用測長SEM(S-4800,Hitachi, Ltd.製造),對獲得之1.4μm四方的拜耳圖案觀察圖案周辺的殘渣,藉此依據下述基準對顯影殘渣進行了評價。The residue of the pattern was observed on a 1.4 μm square Bayer pattern obtained by using a length measuring SEM (S-4800, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.), whereby the development residue was evaluated in accordance with the following criteria.

3:觀察不到殘渣。3: No residue was observed.

2:雖然觀察到殘渣,但是為實用上不成問題之級別。2: Although the residue is observed, it is not a problem level in practical use.

1:觀察到殘渣,為無法實用之級別。1: The residue was observed, which was a level that could not be practical.

[表4] [Table 4]

由上述結果可知,實施例能夠有效地抑制產生針狀結晶。又,相比於在實施例1中,將鹵化鋅酞菁顏料A改變為同量的鹵化酞菁顏料F、I或M來製備著色硬化性組成物,並依據製造例1製作彩色濾光片的情況,實施例1~12、15~33更能抑制產生針狀結晶。From the above results, it is understood that the examples can effectively suppress the generation of needle crystals. Further, compared with the first embodiment, the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment A was changed to the same amount of the halogenated phthalocyanine pigment F, I or M to prepare a colored curable composition, and a color filter was produced according to Production Example 1. In the case of Examples 1 to 12 and 15 to 33, generation of needle crystals was more suppressed.

此外,在實施例中,亮度不均良好。Further, in the examples, the brightness unevenness was good.

與此相對,在比較例中,容易產生針狀結晶。On the other hand, in the comparative example, needle crystals were easily generated.

no

no

no

Claims (15)

一種著色硬化性組成物,其含有包含鹵化鋅酞菁顏料之著色劑、樹脂、硬化性化合物以及溶劑, 前述鹵化鋅酞菁顏料中的酞菁1分子中的鹵素原子的平均個數為14~16個,且溴原子的平均個數為12個以下。A coloring curable composition comprising a coloring agent containing a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment, a resin, a curable compound, and a solvent, wherein the average number of halogen atoms in the phthalocyanine 1 molecule in the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment is 14 There are 16 and the average number of bromine atoms is 12 or less. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之著色硬化性組成物,其中前述鹵化鋅酞菁顏料中的酞菁1分子中的溴原子的平均個數為1~8個。The colored hardening composition according to claim 1, wherein the average number of bromine atoms in the phthalocyanine 1 molecule in the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment is from 1 to 8. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之著色硬化性組成物,其中前述鹵化鋅酞菁顏料中的酞菁1分子中的溴原子的平均個數為1~7個。The colored hardening composition according to claim 1, wherein the average number of bromine atoms in the phthalocyanine 1 molecule in the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment is from 1 to 7. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之著色硬化性組成物,其包含酸性分散劑作為前述樹脂。The color hardening composition according to claim 1, which comprises an acidic dispersant as the resin. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之著色硬化性組成物,其更包含顏料衍生物。The color hardening composition according to claim 1, which further comprises a pigment derivative. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之著色硬化性組成物,其中前述顏料衍生物為由下述通式(P)表示之化合物: 【化學式1】通式(P)中,A表示選自下述通式(PA-1)~(PA-3)之結構, B表示單鍵或(t+1)價的連接基團, C表示單鍵、-NH-、-CONH-、-CO2 -、-SO2 NH-、-O-、-S-或-SO2 -, D表示單鍵、伸烷基或伸芳基, E表示、-SO3 H或者其鹽、-CO2 H或者其鹽或-N(Rpa)(Rpb), Rpa以及Rpb分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基,Rpa以及Rpb亦可相互連接而形成環, t表示1~5的整數; 【化學式2】Rp1 表示碳原子數1~5的烷基或芳基, Rp2 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基或羥基, Rp3 表示單鍵、-NH-、-CONH-、-CO2 -、-SO2 NH-、-O-、-S-或-SO2 -, s表示1~4的整數,s為2以上時,多個Rp2 可以相同,亦可不同,*表示與B的連接部。The colored hardening composition according to claim 1, wherein the pigment derivative is a compound represented by the following formula (P): [Chemical Formula 1] In the formula (P), A represents a structure selected from the following formulae (PA-1) to (PA-3), B represents a single bond or a (t+1)-valent linking group, and C represents a single bond, -NH-, -CONH-, -CO 2 -, -SO 2 NH-, -O-, -S- or -SO 2 -, D represents a single bond, an alkyl group or an extended aryl group, E represents, -SO 3 H or a salt thereof, -CO 2 H or a salt thereof or -N(Rpa)(Rpb), Rpa and Rpb each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group, and Rpa and Rpb may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and t represents 1 An integer of ~5; [Chemical Formula 2] Rp 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Rp 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group or a hydroxyl group, and Rp 3 represents a single bond, -NH-, -CONH-, -CO 2 -, - SO 2 NH -, - O - , - S- or -SO 2 -, s represents an integer of 1 to 4, s is 2 or more, a plurality of Rp of 2 may be the same or different, * represents a linking portion and B . 如申請專利範圍第1~6項中任一項所述之著色硬化性組成物,其更包含光聚合起始劑,其中前述硬化性化合物係至少包含3~15官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物者。The color hardening composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, further comprising a photopolymerization initiator, wherein the curable compound contains at least a 3-15 functional (meth) acrylate Compound. 一種彩色濾光片,其是使用申請專利範圍第1~7項中任一項所述之著色硬化性組成物而成。A color filter obtained by using the color hardening composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7. 一種圖案形成方法,其包括: 使用申請專利範圍第1~7項中任一項所述之著色硬化性組成物,在支撐體上形成著色硬化性組成物層之製程;將前述著色硬化性組成物層曝光成圖案狀之製程;以及對未曝光部進行顯影去除而形成著色圖案之製程。A pattern forming method comprising: a process for forming a colored curable composition layer on a support by using the colored curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7; and the coloring hardenability composition The process of exposing the layer to a pattern; and forming a colored pattern by developing and removing the unexposed portion. 一種圖案形成方法,其包括: 使用申請專利範圍第1~7項中任一項所述之著色硬化性組成物,在支撐體上形成著色硬化性組成物層,並進行硬化而形成著色層之製程;在前述著色層上形成光阻層之製程;藉由進行曝光以及顯影,將前述光阻層圖案化而獲得抗蝕圖案之製程;以及將前述抗蝕圖案作為蝕刻遮罩,對前述著色層進行乾式蝕刻而形成著色圖案之製程。A pattern forming method, comprising: using the color hardening composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7 to form a colored curable composition layer on a support and hardening to form a colored layer; a process of forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer; patterning the photoresist layer by exposure and development to obtain a resist pattern; and using the resist pattern as an etch mask to color the foregoing The layer is dry etched to form a colored pattern process. 一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,其包括申請專利範圍第9或10項所述之圖案形成方法。A method of manufacturing a color filter, comprising the pattern forming method according to claim 9 or 10. 一種固體攝像元件,其具有申請專利範圍第8項所述之彩色濾光片。A solid-state imaging device having the color filter of claim 8 of the patent application. 一種固體攝像元件,其具有藉由申請專利範圍第11項所述之彩色濾光片的製造方法獲得之彩色濾光片。A solid-state imaging device having a color filter obtained by the method for producing a color filter according to claim 11 of the patent application. 一種圖像顯示裝置,其具有申請專利範圍第8項所述之彩色濾光片。An image display device having the color filter of claim 8 of the patent application. 一種圖像顯示裝置,其具有藉由申請專利範圍第11項所述之彩色濾光片的製造方法獲得之彩色濾光片。An image display device having a color filter obtained by the method for producing a color filter according to claim 11 of the patent application.
TW104135511A 2014-11-04 2015-10-29 Colored curable composition, color filter, pattern formation method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device TW201623461A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014224226A JP2017226709A (en) 2014-11-04 2014-11-04 Colored curable composition, color filter, pattern forming method, method for producing color filter, solid state imaging device, and image display apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201623461A true TW201623461A (en) 2016-07-01

Family

ID=55908986

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW104135511A TW201623461A (en) 2014-11-04 2015-10-29 Colored curable composition, color filter, pattern formation method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2017226709A (en)
TW (1) TW201623461A (en)
WO (1) WO2016072259A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6839487B2 (en) * 2015-03-30 2021-03-10 住友化学株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition
KR102371945B1 (en) * 2017-11-03 2022-03-08 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Colored Photosensitive Resin Composition, Color Filter and Display Device
KR102356582B1 (en) * 2018-01-10 2022-01-27 동우 화인켐 주식회사 A green photosensitive resin composition, color filter and display device comprising the same
KR102383520B1 (en) * 2018-02-01 2022-04-06 동우 화인켐 주식회사 A Red PHOTOSENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, COLOR FILTER AND DISPLAY DEVICE COMPRISING THE SAME
KR102337782B1 (en) * 2018-02-09 2021-12-09 동우 화인켐 주식회사 A green photosensitive resin composition, color filter and display device comprising the same
JP7207173B2 (en) * 2019-05-30 2023-01-18 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP2021063999A (en) * 2021-01-04 2021-04-22 住友化学株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition
WO2024075837A1 (en) * 2022-10-06 2024-04-11 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Colorant-containing liquid, colored resin composition, color filter, image display device, and method for producing colored resin composition

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4592239B2 (en) * 2000-12-22 2010-12-01 三菱化学株式会社 Color filter composition and color filter
KR101515381B1 (en) * 2008-01-10 2015-04-28 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Display panel
JP5739103B2 (en) * 2010-01-28 2015-06-24 富士フイルム株式会社 Pigment fine particle dispersion, photocurable composition and color filter using the same, dispersion aid used therefor, and method for producing the same
CN102236258B (en) * 2010-04-26 2012-11-28 奇美实业股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition and colour filter formed by same and liquid crystal display assembly containing colour filter
JP6043645B2 (en) * 2013-02-08 2016-12-14 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable composition and color filter

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2016072259A1 (en) 2016-05-12
JP2017226709A (en) 2017-12-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI717193B (en) Colored photosensitive composition, cured film, pattern forming method, infrared cut filter with light shielding film, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor
TWI617624B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, image display device, organic electroluminescence device, pigment, and method for manufacturing pigment
TWI736595B (en) Photosensitive composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
KR101898020B1 (en) Red coloring composition for use in color filter, colored film, color filter, and solid-state imaging element
KR101801671B1 (en) Green coloring composition for use in color filter, colored film, color filter, and solid-state imaging element
TWI682973B (en) Curable composition, method for manufacturing curable composition, film, infrared cut filter, infrared transmission filter, pattern forming method and device
TW201623461A (en) Colored curable composition, color filter, pattern formation method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
US10241247B2 (en) Coloring composition, method for producing coloring composition, color filter, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP7126537B2 (en) Coloring composition, method for producing coloring composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
KR102152047B1 (en) Coloring composition, color filter, pattern formation method, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and dye multimer
JP6348990B2 (en) Colored curable composition, color filter, pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP6279745B2 (en) COLORING COMPOSITION, COLOR FILTER, PATTERN FORMING METHOD, COLOR FILTER MANUFACTURING METHOD, SOLID-STATE IMAGING DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, AND DYE MULTIMER MANUFACTURING METHOD
WO2017141860A1 (en) Coloring curable composition, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and method for producing cured film
TW201506537A (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid state image capture device and image display device
JP6574849B2 (en) Coloring composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TW201533535A (en) Radiation-sensitive composition, method for manufacturing radiation-sensitive composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, method of forming patterns, solid-state imaging sensing device, and image display device
JP6587697B2 (en) Coloring composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device